AU2003237012A1 - 3-(imidazolyl)-2-alkoxypropanoic acids as tafia inhibitors - Google Patents
3-(imidazolyl)-2-alkoxypropanoic acids as tafia inhibitorsInfo
- Publication number
- AU2003237012A1 AU2003237012A1 AU2003237012A AU2003237012A AU2003237012A1 AU 2003237012 A1 AU2003237012 A1 AU 2003237012A1 AU 2003237012 A AU2003237012 A AU 2003237012A AU 2003237012 A AU2003237012 A AU 2003237012A AU 2003237012 A1 AU2003237012 A1 AU 2003237012A1
- Authority
- AU
- Australia
- Prior art keywords
- preparation
- hydrogen
- optionally substituted
- compound according
- alkyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 title description 39
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 363
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 331
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 95
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 78
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 53
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 45
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 38
- -1 Aromatic heterocycle Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 27
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(5-chloro-2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-oxobutanamide Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=C(NC(=O)CC(C)=O)C=C1Cl DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000001732 thrombotic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 101800004538 Bradykinin Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N H-Arg-Pro-Pro-Gly-Phe-Ser-Pro-Phe-Arg-OH Natural products NC(N)=NCCCC(N)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(=O)N1C(C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)CCC1 QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 102100035792 Kininogen-1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-FDISYFBBSA-N bradykinin Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)CCC1 QXZGBUJJYSLZLT-FDISYFBBSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000006272 (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- LGGSGJJWBHFYEW-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)propanoic acid Chemical compound NCCO[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CNC=N1 LGGSGJJWBHFYEW-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- SLRPONFABVFCPA-BBRMVZONSA-N (2s)-2-[(2s)-2-aminopropoxy]-3-[1-(2-cyclohexylethyl)imidazol-4-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=NC(C[C@H](OC[C@@H](N)C)C(O)=O)=CN1CCC1CCCCC1 SLRPONFABVFCPA-BBRMVZONSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 claims 1
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 306
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 291
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 215
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 196
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 195
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 132
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 110
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 110
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 98
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 97
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 96
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 94
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 94
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 92
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 75
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 74
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 65
- VSEAAEQOQBMPQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholin-3-one Chemical class O=C1COCCN1 VSEAAEQOQBMPQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 52
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 47
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 38
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 32
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 30
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 27
- 108090000201 Carboxypeptidase B2 Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 26
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 26
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 22
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 21
- PCCNIENXBRUYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-O azanium;cerium(4+);pentanitrate Chemical compound [NH4+].[Ce+4].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O PCCNIENXBRUYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 21
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 21
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 21
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 20
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 19
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 102000003847 Carboxypeptidase B2 Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 18
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 18
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 18
- ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium diisopropylamide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[N-]C(C)C ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000004452 microanalysis Methods 0.000 description 18
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium chloride Substances [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 229920001467 poly(styrenesulfonates) Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 17
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 16
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 16
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 14
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000020764 fibrinolysis Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 13
- 235000019502 Orange oil Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000010502 orange oil Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 11
- YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102000003978 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108090000373 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 10
- ZRSNZINYAWTAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-methoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 ZRSNZINYAWTAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229960000187 tissue plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 10
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102100035023 Carboxypeptidase B2 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010085169 Lysine carboxypeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000002785 anti-thrombosis Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- FCZCIXQGZOUIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphinothioyloxyacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)COP(=S)(OCC)OCC FCZCIXQGZOUIDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 7
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 7
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- OPQARKPSCNTWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Cu+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O OPQARKPSCNTWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 7
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 6
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 208000011341 adult acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 6
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-propanol Substances CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VGCXGMAHQTYDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC(Cl)=O VGCXGMAHQTYDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010051055 Deep vein thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010047249 Venous thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 150000001414 amino alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 5
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000005367 Carboxypeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010006303 Carboxypeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 208000018262 Peripheral vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000013566 Plasminogen Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010051456 Plasminogen Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960004676 antithrombotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007211 cardiovascular event Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000009190 disseminated intravascular coagulation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000031225 myocardial ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 4
- HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000000019 pro-fibrinolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 4
- JKIGHOARKAIPJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3,4-dichlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 JKIGHOARKAIPJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CAYQIZIAYYNFCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CAYQIZIAYYNFCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JRQAAYVLPPGEHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromoethylcyclohexane Chemical compound BrCCC1CCCCC1 JRQAAYVLPPGEHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000004476 Acute Coronary Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000003670 Carboxypeptidase B Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000087 Carboxypeptidase B Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229940121981 Carboxypeptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 101710127041 Carboxypeptidase inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010008088 Cerebral artery embolism Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010008132 Cerebral thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000005189 Embolism Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000009273 Endometriosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 244000166102 Eucalyptus leucoxylon Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000004694 Eucalyptus leucoxylon Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010022489 Insulin Resistance Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000001429 Intracranial Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710140999 Metallocarboxypeptidase inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS([O-])(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000010378 Pulmonary Embolism Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010003119 arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005620 boronic acid group Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000026106 cerebrovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 208000008487 fibromuscular dysplasia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000010849 intracranial embolism Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- JNODQFNWMXFMEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N latrepirdine Chemical compound C1N(C)CCC2=C1C1=CC(C)=CC=C1N2CCC1=CC=C(C)N=C1 JNODQFNWMXFMEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-2-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=N1 UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KWPACVJPAFGBEQ-IKGGRYGDSA-N (2s)-1-[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]-n-[(3s)-1-chloro-6-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-oxohexan-3-yl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C([C@@H](N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)CCl)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWPACVJPAFGBEQ-IKGGRYGDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BZUABSYGNBFITP-DDOQPMFUSA-N (2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(e)-3-(furan-2-yl)prop-2-enoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CO1 BZUABSYGNBFITP-DDOQPMFUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propanol Substances CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZQEXIXXJFSQPNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-imidazole-5-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CNC=N1 ZQEXIXXJFSQPNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VKVCLXDFOQQABP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(diaminomethylideneamino)ethylsulfanyl]butanedioic acid Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCSC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O VKVCLXDFOQQABP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000946522 Bos taurus Carboxypeptidase B Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000010911 Enzyme Precursors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010062466 Enzyme Precursors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010053159 Organ failure Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100026966 Thrombomodulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010079274 Thrombomodulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024248 Vascular System injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000012339 Vascular injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 239000007810 chemical reaction solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001879 copper Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BERDEBHAJNAUOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(i) oxide Chemical compound [Cu]O[Cu] BERDEBHAJNAUOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007887 coronary angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010908 decantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000000132 electrospray ionisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010039140 furylacryloylalanyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940071676 hydroxypropylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940030980 inova Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940012957 plasmin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003805 procoagulant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)CBr BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HJUGFYREWKUQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrabromomethane Chemical compound BrC(Br)(Br)Br HJUGFYREWKUQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical group OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003966 vascular damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- KTOJGSDLJNUAEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-difluorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC(F)=CC=C1F KTOJGSDLJNUAEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSJVYHOPHZMZPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-methylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1B(O)O NSJVYHOPHZMZPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITHXTSANOXLYDY-RXMQYKEDSA-N (2r)-2-[(2-bromoacetyl)amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoic acid Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CBr ITHXTSANOXLYDY-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXKKHQJGJAFBHI-VKHMYHEASA-N (2s)-1-aminopropan-2-ol Chemical compound C[C@H](O)CN HXKKHQJGJAFBHI-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDEAGACSNFSZCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-chlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 SDEAGACSNFSZCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOPQWMNOCSRRSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-phenoxyphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 LOPQWMNOCSRRSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBLFZIBJXUQVRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-bromophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 QBLFZIBJXUQVRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNQVRFYNQWNYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-cyclohexylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(B(O)O)=CC=C1C1CCCCC1 KNQVRFYNQWNYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZCPLOMUUCFPQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-ethylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C1 RZCPLOMUUCFPQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIWQNIMLAISTBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C1 BIWQNIMLAISTBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPEIJWZLPWNNOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-phenylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(B(O)O)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XPEIJWZLPWNNOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCCPSNCYDOCXEW-JTQLQIEISA-N (5s)-4-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-5-methylmorpholin-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1CN1C(=O)COC[C@@H]1C DCCPSNCYDOCXEW-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZPXRPMJRKWKNF-JTQLQIEISA-N (6s)-4-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-6-methylmorpholin-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1CN1C(=O)CO[C@@H](C)C1 FZPXRPMJRKWKNF-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- BKMMTJMQCTUHRP-VKHMYHEASA-N (S)-2-aminopropan-1-ol Chemical compound C[C@H](N)CO BKMMTJMQCTUHRP-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWQMKMSVOYQICF-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-1,3-dibromoprop-1-ene Chemical compound BrC\C=C\Br JWQMKMSVOYQICF-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFMFNYKEUDLDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)C(F)(F)F YFMFNYKEUDLDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FCC(F)(F)F LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWMWNFMRSKOCEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Phenyl-1,2-ethanediol Chemical compound OCC(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PWMWNFMRSKOCEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKMWKBLSFKFYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-behenoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO OKMWKBLSFKFYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFUDIBSZKPCLQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-4-cyclohexyloxybenzene Chemical compound C1=CC(Br)=CC=C1OC1CCCCC1 YFUDIBSZKPCLQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPPPKRYCTPRNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromobutane Chemical compound CCCCBr MPPPKRYCTPRNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYNYIHKIEHGYOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromopropane Chemical compound CCCBr CYNYIHKIEHGYOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 18-crown-6 Chemical compound C1COCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO1 XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(Br)=C1F PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVNRZNYAUYWNBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl)ethanol Chemical compound CC1(C)CCC(CCO)CC1 SVNRZNYAUYWNBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLYNKHIQZYPMTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-bromophenyl)ethyl methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 LLYNKHIQZYPMTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRDNJJJAHZNVBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-n-[4-(diaminomethylideneamino)butyl]acetamide Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCCCNC(=O)CBr SRDNJJJAHZNVBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005999 2-bromoethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IMRWILPUOVGIMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromopyridine Chemical compound BrC1=CC=CC=N1 IMRWILPUOVGIMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWJXPRDSYLKFQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-2-(1h-imidazol-2-yl)acetic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C(O)C1=NC=CN1 PWJXPRDSYLKFQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octyldodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(CO)CCCCCCCC LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethylbromide Chemical compound BrCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOGZJRNUPQKMCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-oxomorpholine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)N1CCOCC1=O KOGZJRNUPQKMCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMVWFIQQJAJAOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]morpholin-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1CN1C(=O)COCC1 PMVWFIQQJAJAOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004217 4-methoxybenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- FGQBGDBLZZPFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylmorpholin-3-one Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1=O FGQBGDBLZZPFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-aminohexanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCC(O)=O SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001450 Alpha-Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005657 Antithrombin III deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003211 Arteriosclerosis coronary artery Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005528 B01AC05 - Ticlopidine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010004053 Bacterial toxaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010008583 Chloroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034656 Contusions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910021591 Copper(I) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000025962 Crush injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N D-glucaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-AMTYYWEZSA-N Digoxin Natural products O([C@H]1[C@H](C)O[C@H](O[C@@H]2C[C@@H]3[C@@](C)([C@@H]4[C@H]([C@]5(O)[C@](C)([C@H](O)C4)[C@H](C4=CC(=O)OC4)CC5)CC3)CC2)C[C@@H]1O)[C@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O[C@H]2O[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@@H](O)C1 LTMHDMANZUZIPE-AMTYYWEZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032928 Dyslipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004150 EU approved colour Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000004252 FT/ICR mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010014172 Factor V Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940122564 Factor X inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940121710 HMGCoA reductase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700017371 Heparin Cofactor II Deficiency Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004705 High-molecular-weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007625 Hirudins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007267 Hirudins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000946518 Homo sapiens Carboxypeptidase B2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000910843 Homo sapiens Carboxypeptidase N catalytic chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010048707 Homocystinaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020365 Homocystinuria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L L-tartrate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPKOKAMJFNKNAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylethanolamine Chemical compound CNCCO OPKOKAMJFNKNAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000018764 Nyssa sylvatica Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003339 Nyssa sylvatica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Phosphate ion(2-) Chemical compound OP([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005660 Protein C Deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010051292 Protein S Deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124639 Selective inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000004078 Snake Bites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N Sorbitan monostearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004147 Sorbitan trioleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N Sorbitan trioleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010023197 Streptokinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000712605 Theromyzon tessulatum Theromin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940122388 Thrombin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000013222 Toxemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003441 Transfusion reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000435 Urokinase-type plasminogen activator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003990 Urokinase-type plasminogen activator Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMJMABVHDMRMJA-UHFFFAOYSA-M [Cl-].[Mg+]C1CCCCC1 Chemical compound [Cl-].[Mg+]C1CCCCC1 WMJMABVHDMRMJA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000017733 acquired polycythemia vera Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006242 amine protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002684 aminocaproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IYIKLHRQXLHMJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N amiodarone Chemical compound CCCCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC(I)=C(OCCN(CC)CC)C(I)=C1 IYIKLHRQXLHMJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005260 amiodarone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003288 anthiarrhythmic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001567 anti-fibrinolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003416 antiarrhythmic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127219 anticoagulant drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940030600 antihypertensive agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127218 antiplatelet drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010936 aqueous wash Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000637 arginyl group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001543 aryl boronic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006254 arylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003143 atherosclerotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDPAWGWELVVRCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M bromoacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CBr KDPAWGWELVVRCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000034526 bruise Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAAHAAMILDNBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O XAAHAAMILDNBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940081733 cetearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001429 chelating resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004775 chlorodifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotrimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)Cl IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008576 chronic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002485 combustion reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- OXBLHERUFWYNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M copper(I) chloride Chemical compound [Cu]Cl OXBLHERUFWYNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000026758 coronary atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009109 curative therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001934 cyclohexanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095079 dicalcium phosphate anhydrous Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042935 dichlorodifluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940087091 dichlorotetrafluoroethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical class OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-PUGKRICDSA-N digoxin Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](C)O[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H](O[C@@H](O[C@@H]3C[C@@H]4[C@]([C@@H]5[C@H]([C@]6(CC[C@@H]([C@@]6(C)[C@H](O)C5)C=5COC(=O)C=5)O)CC4)(C)CC3)C[C@@H]2O)C)C[C@@H]1O LTMHDMANZUZIPE-PUGKRICDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005156 digoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N digoxine Natural products C1C(O)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C(C)OC(OC2C(OC(OC3CC4C(C5C(C6(CCC(C6(C)C(O)C5)C=5COC(=O)C=5)O)CC4)(C)CC3)CC2O)C)CC1O LTMHDMANZUZIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005043 dihydropyranyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005879 dioxolanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IZEKFCXSFNUWAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipyridamole Chemical compound C=12N=C(N(CCO)CCO)N=C(N3CCCCC3)C2=NC(N(CCO)CCO)=NC=1N1CCCCC1 IZEKFCXSFNUWAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002768 dipyridamole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940112141 dry powder inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010410 dusting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008157 edible vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008387 emulsifying waxe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTXVCHVLDOLVPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-methylbut-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C(C)C UTXVCHVLDOLVPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003527 fibrinolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005519 fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049654 glyceryl behenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000026030 halogenation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005658 halogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003709 heart valve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-ZSJDYOACSA-N heavy water Substances [2H]O[2H] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-ZSJDYOACSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002439 hemostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000007084 heparin cofactor II deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033666 hereditary antithrombin deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013746 hereditary thrombophilia due to congenital protein C deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol;octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N hirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(OS(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N2)=O)CSSC1)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)CSSC1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940006607 hirudin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005828 hydrofluoroalkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000001261 hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002471 hydroxymethylglutaryl coenzyme A reductase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- WUJUYHMGDPTLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazol-2-ylacetic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC1=NC=CN1 WUJUYHMGDPTLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002140 imidazol-4-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=NC([*])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000509 infertility Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000535 infertility Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000003243 intestinal obstruction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005857 malignant hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTNFEHXDETWERN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[bis(aziridin-1-yl)phosphoryl]-2,6-dimethyl-5-[(4-propan-2-yloxyphenyl)methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(C)C)=CC=C1CC1=C(C)N=C(C)N=C1NP(=O)(N1CC1)N1CC1 FTNFEHXDETWERN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHXVAJHZTIXQQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[bis(aziridin-1-yl)phosphoryl]-5-[(4-butoxyphenyl)methyl]-2,6-dimethylpyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCCC)=CC=C1CC1=C(C)N=C(C)N=C1NP(=O)(N1CC1)N1CC1 XHXVAJHZTIXQQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940006093 opthalmologic coloring agent diagnostic Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002638 palliative care Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007310 pathophysiology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000106 platelet aggregation inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000711 polarimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000037244 polycythemia vera Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001818 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010989 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113124 polysorbate 60 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009862 primary prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002815 pulmonary hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002151 riboflavin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009863 secondary prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940080313 sodium starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001587 sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011076 sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940035048 sorbitan monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019337 sorbitan trioleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000391 sorbitan trioleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005202 streptokinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001117 sulphuric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013076 target substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MHXBHWLGRWOABW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCC MHXBHWLGRWOABW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001166 thiolanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003766 thrombin (human) Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003868 thrombin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000005665 thrombophilia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PHWBOXQYWZNQIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ticlopidine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1CN1CC(C=CS2)=C2CC1 PHWBOXQYWZNQIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005001 ticlopidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluene-4-sulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011426 transformation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003866 trichloromethyl group Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N triformin Chemical compound O=COCC(OC=O)COC=O UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBWKIWSBJXDJDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylmethyl chloride Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 JBWKIWSBJXDJDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHDIQVFFNDKAQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropan-2-yl borate Chemical compound CC(C)OB(OC(C)C)OC(C)C NHDIQVFFNDKAQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005356 urokinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005080 warfarin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N warfarin Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003871 white petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
Description
- ( IMIDAZOLYL) -2-ALKOXYPROPANOIC ACIDS AS TAFIA INHIBITORS
The present invention relates to a series of novel 3-(imidazolyl)-2-(ω-aminoalkyloxy)- propanoic acid derivatives that are inhibitors of TAFIa inhibitors and are useful in the treatment of disease.
Background
Sophisticated mechanisms have evolved in mammals to repair the body in the event of vascular injury and so maintain hemostasis. The injured blood vessel constricts to reduce the blood flow to the area, platelets aggregate to reduce the loss of blood from the area, and fibrinogen is cleaved to produce fibrin which then polymerises and forms a clot. This clot covers the area of vascular damage, preventing blood loss. Polymerised fibrin also provides a provisional matrix which enhances the subsequent repair process. Once the blood vessel has been repaired the clot dissolves. The process leading to the formation of the clot is the coagulation cascade, and the process leading to its dissolution is the fibrinolysis cascade. Imbalances in the blood coagulation process are thought to be at the origin of a large and disparate number of disease conditions, which are linked by an unwanted build up of fibrin. The scale of fibrin build up is determined by the delicate equilibrium between the two biochemical cascades in the human body. Agents that can modulate the balance between coagulation and fibrinolysis are therefore potentially valuable in the treatment of these disease conditions.
Studies have shown that coagulation and fibrinolysis are linked through the generation of α-thrombin. α-Thrombin is the final product of the blood coagulation cascade and is responsible for the conversion of fibrinogen into fibrin. In addition to mediating coagulation, α-thrombin also reduces the rate at which blood clots are broken down by the serine protease plasmin. The protein that mediates this antifibrinolytic effect of α-thrombin is TAFI (Thrombin Activatable Fibrinolysis Inhibitor).
TAFI is a 60kDa glycoprotein found in human plasma. It is also known as procarboxypeptidase B, carboxypeptidase B, plasma carboxypeptidase B,
carboxypeptidase U and carboxypeptidase R. Following initiation of the coagulation cascade it is transformed into an activated form, TAFIa, whereupon it acts upon the fibrin matrix of the developing blood clot to prevent its dissolution. TAFI circulates in normal plasma at a concentration of about 75nM in an inactive form. Thrombin converts the inactive zymogen to the active TAFI (TAFIa), a reaction that is augmented about 1250-fold by thrombomodulin. Once activated, TAFIa cleaves both C-terminal arginine and lysine residues from the developing fibrin clot. The removal of these dibasic amino acids from the surface of the fibrin matrix attenuates clot lysis by inhibiting the binding of the key mediators of fibrinolysis: tissue plasminogen activator (tPA) and its substrate, plasminogen, which is the precursor of plasmin. Both tPA and plasminogen contain a structural motif called a kringle domain which binds tightly to C-terminal lysine residues. The removal of these binding sites prevents the formation of a ternary complex between tPA, plasminogen and fibrin and this inhibits the conversion of plasminogen to plasmin, thus protecting the clot from rapid degradation.
In the presence of a TAFIa inhibitor, TAFIa will not be able to act upon a developing fibrin clot as described above to inhibit fibrinolysis of the clot. Thus a TAFIa inhibitor should serve to enhance fibrinolysis.
It can be seen that, in pathologies where the normal equilibrium between coagulation and fibrinolysis is disturbed in favour of coagulation, there will be a larger amount of fibrin present than normal. This makes it more likely that the subjects will develop one or more of the conditions in which thrombus build up is implicated. Such subjects can be expected to benefit from treatment with a pro-fibrinolytic agent. McKay etal. (Biochemistry\978, 17, 401) disclose the testing of a number of compounds as competitive inhibitors of bovine carboxypeptidase B of pancreatic origin. Inhibition was measured by the inhibitor's efficiency in protecting the active centre tyrosine and glutamic acid of bovine carboxypeptidase B from irreversible alkylation by bromoacetyl-D-arginine or bromoacetamidobutylguanidine. It is suggested that such inhibitors could act as bradykinin potentiators. Bovine enzymes of pancreatic origin are very different to those found in human plasma, so one would not expect inhibitors of one to inhibit the other. Moreover, such inhibitors are directed towards a very different utility. Accordingly this disclosure provides no
teaching of TAFIa inhibitors or their utility.
Redlitz et al. (J. Clin. Invest. 1995, 96, 2534) teach the involvement of plasma carboxypeptidase B (pCPB, or TAFI) in the formation of clots. The lysis of blood clots was followed in the absence and presence of pCPB, whereupon it was found that the presence of pCPB slowed clot lysis. To confirm that pCPB was responsible two control reactions were run; one where the lysis experiment was repeated in the presence of pCPB and potato carboxypeptidase inhibitor, PCI, and a second where the lysis reaction was conducted in the presence of plasma from which pCPB was removed. In both cases lysis proceeded uninhibited.
Boffa etal. (J. Biol. Chem. 1998, 273, 2127) compare plasma and recombinant TAFI and TAFIa with respect to glycosylation, activation, thermal stability and enzymatic properties. Inhibition constants for three competitive inhibitors were determined: ε-aminocaproic acid (ε-ACA), 2-guanidinoethylmercaptosuccinic acid (GEMSA) and potato carboxypeptidase inhibitor (PCI).
There are large numbers of carboxypeptidases (i.e. enzymes that cleave the C-terminal amino acid from a peptide). They may be classified as acidic, neutral or basic, depending on the type of amino acid they cleave. Basic carboxypeptidases cleave arginine, lysine and histidine. TAFIa is a member of a specific subset of the basic carboxypeptidases. In terms of the present invention, the inhibitors disclosed above by Redlitz et al. and Boffa et al. are too weak, non-specific or otherwise unsuitable to be considered as suitable TAFIa inhibitors for therapeutic application. Further, whilst the role of TAFIa in clot lysis is explained, there is no suggestion that TAFIa inhibitors can be used to treat disease.
US-A-5993815 teaches the use of a peptide that binds to the TAFI zymogen, thereby inhibiting its activation, to treat those disorders where a C-terminal lysine or arginine is cleaved from an intact peptide. Suitable disorders are arthritis, sepsis, thrombosis, strokes, deep vein thrombosis and myocardial infarctions. The peptide used is an antibody or a functionally active fragment. The peptide should be used in an amount to promote fibrinolysis in vivo.
WOOO/66550 and WO00/66557 disclose broad classes of compounds useful as inhibitors of carboxypeptidase U. Inhibitors of carboxypeptidase U are postulated to facilitate fibrinolysis and thus the compounds are taught as useful in the treatment of thrombotic conditions. There is no data to support this assertion, though details of a suitable assay are given.
WOOO/66152 discloses formulations containing a carboxypeptidase U inhibitor and a thrombin inhibitor. Suitable carboxypeptidase U inhibitors are those of WOOO/66550. The formulations are taught as primarily useful in treating thrombotic conditions.
WO01/19836 discloses a series of phosphonate esters and analogues thereof as carboxypeptidase B inhibitors that are suitable for the treatment or prevention of thrombotic diseases.
WO02/14285 discloses a series of α-imidazolylmethyl-ω-aminocarboxylic acids and
derivatives that are inhibitors of TAFIa. The compounds are considered to be potentially useful in the treatment of a number of conditions.
The present invention discloses a further class of TAFIa inhibitors.
Description of the Invention
In a first aspect, the present invention provides compounds according to general formula (I)
(I)
wherein: n is O, 1 , 2 or 3; R1 is selected from (a) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain d-β alkyl group, (b) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain C2-6 alkenyl group,
(c) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain C2-6 alkynyl group,
(d) Aryl,
(e) Aromatic heterocycle,
(f) Heterocycle, and (g) hydrogen; where the optional substituents in groups (a), (b) and (c) above are selected from: C3-7 cycloalkyl, Aryl, Aromatic heterocycle, Heterocycle, OR10, NR10R11, S(0)pR1°, OC(0)R1\ C02R10, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, halo and NHSO2R10, and where p is 0, 1 or 2; R2, R3, R4, R6, R7 and R9 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OR10 or halo; R5 and R8 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OR10 or halo, or together are a C2- 6 alkylene chain; R10 and R11 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl;
Aryl is a 6-14 membered aromatic monocyclic or fused polycyclic carbocyclic group optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from R12, halo, OR13, NR13R14, NR13C02R12, CO2R13, NR13S02R12, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, S02NR13R14, C(0)NR13R14, C3-7 cycloakyl, 0(C3- cycloalkyl), R15 and OR15, where R12 is straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl, and R15 is phenyl optionally substituted by R12, OR13, halo or haloalkyl; Aromatic heterocycle is a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R12, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, SO2R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14 and C(0)NR13R14; and
Heterocycle is a 3 to 8 membered ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being saturated or partially saturated, said ring further being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R14, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14 and C(0)NR13R14, or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of said compound or said tautomer.
As used herein: i) Halo includes fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo groups. ii) Haloalkyl includes monohaloalkyl, polyhaloalkyl and perhaloalkyl, such as 2-bromoethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl and trichloromethyl. iii) Unless otherwise indicated, alkyl includes straight chain and branched chain alkyl.
It will be understood that, in the compounds according to general formula (I), the R1 group and C(R2)(R3)(amino acid) group may be attached at any atom of the imidazole ring that is available to form a covalent bond, and that it is not intended that the general formula should be interpreted as limiting the R1 group to the C2- and /^-positions, nor the C(R2)(R3)(amino acid) group to the C4- and C^-positions. It will further be understood that the two groups cannot both be attached to the same atom of the imidazole ring, and that only one of the nitrogen atoms (by convention designated N1) of the imidazole ring is available to form a covalent bond. Thus the possible substitution patterns are 1 ,2-; 1 ,4-; 1 ,5-; 2,4- and 2,5-. When the imidazole is 2,4- or 2,5-substituted then there is a hydrogen atom attached at the Λ/'-position.
Certain compounds according to formula (I) may exist in more than one tautomeric form. If the imidazole of general formula (I) is substituted at the 2- and 4-positions the 2,4-disubstituted imidazole can tautomerise to form the corresponding 2,5- disubstituted imidazole. Furthermore, where a compound includes an Aromatic heterocyle that is substituted with a hydroxyl group it may exist as the 'keto' tautomer. The tautomeric relationship between 2-hydroxypyridine and 2-pyridone is a well known example of this phenomenon. All such tautomers of compounds of
formula (I), including mixtures thereof, are included in the scope of the present invention.
The compounds of formula (I) contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms (chiral centers) and can therefore exist in two or more optical stereoisomeric forms such as enantiomers, diastereomers and epimers. Where the compounds of formula (I) contain a carbon-carbon double bond, cis (Z) / trans (E) stereoisomerism may also occur. All such individual stereoisomers of the compounds of formula (I) and mixtures thereof, including racemates, are included in the scope of the present invention.
Individual stereoisomers may be separated from mixtures by conventional techniques such as, for example, by fractional crystallization or by chromatography of the mixture of compounds or of a suitable salt or derivative thereof. In particular, individual enantiomers of the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared by resolution, such as by H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereoisomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base, as appropriate. The individual enantiomers may also be obtained from a corresponding optically pure intermediate prepared by such a resolution method. These general principles are discussed in more detail by J. Jacques and A. Collet ("Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions", Wiley, NY, 1981) and by W. Liu ("Handbook of Chiral Chemicals", D. Ager (ed.), M. Dekker, NY, 1999; chapter 8).
It will be appreciated that the compounds of formula (I) have both acidic and basic functional groups. Therefore, in addition to the uncharged form depicted in the general formula, they may exist as internal salts (zwitterions). Furthermore, they may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with acids and bases. Such zwitterions and salts are included within the scope of the invention.
A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the formula (I) may be readily prepared by mixing together solutions of a compound of the formula (I) and the desired acid or base, as appropriate. The salt may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent. Salts may
also be prepared by ion exchange, such as by equilibrating a solution of a compound of formula (I) with an appropriate ion exchange resin. Ion exchange may also be used to convert one salt form of a compound of formula (I), such as a salt with an acid or base that is not pharmaceutically acceptable, to another salt form. These methods are generally well known in the art. Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts and examples are the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulfate, bisulfate, nitrate, phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, lactate, tartrate, citrate, gluconate, succinate, saccharate, benzoate, methanesulphonate, ethanesulphonate, benzenesulphonate, p-toluenesulphonate and pamoate salts. Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts and examples are the sodium, potassium, aluminium, calcium, magnesium, zinc and diethanolamine salts. For a review of pharmaceutically acceptable salts see Berge et al. (J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, 1).
The compounds of formula (I) may form pharmaceutically acceptable solvates (including hydrates). These solvates are also included in the scope of the present invention.
The compounds of formula (I) may exist in one or more crystalline forms. These polymorphs, including mixtures thereof are also included within the scope of the present invention.
The scope of the present invention further includes prodrugs of compounds of formula (I), i.e. pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives of the compounds in which one or more of the functional groups explicitly recited above have been modified such that they are converted to the parent compounds in vivo. Suitable prodrugs are discussed in Drugs of Today 1983, 19, 499-538 and Annual Reports in Medicinal Chemistry 1975, 70, 306-326.
The absolute stereochemistry of the compounds of formula (I) may be as depicted in formula (IA) or formula (IB) below. By convention the absolute stereochemistry at the chiral center of (IA) is designated as 'S and that of (IB) is 'R. The compounds of formula (IA) are particularly preferred.
(IA) (IB)
Preferred compounds of formula (I) include those where the imidazole is substituted at the C2 or C4 positions by the C(R )(R3)(amino acid) group to give compounds of formulae (IC) and (ID) respectively. Particularly preferred are those compounds of formula (I) where R1 is attached at the C4 position of the imidazole moiety and the C(R2)(R3)(amino acid) group is attached at the C2 position so as to give the 2,4-disubstituted imidazole of formula (IC1) or where R1 is attached at the N1 position of the imidazole moiety and the C(R2)(R3)(amino acid) group is attached at the C4 position so as to give the 1 ,4-disubstituted imidazole of formula (ID1). Most preferred are those compounds of formula (I) where R1 is attached at the N1 position of the imidazole moiety and the C(R2)(R3)(amino acid) group is attached at the C4 position so as to give the 1 ,4-disubstituted imidazole of formula (ID1).
(IC) (ID)
(IC1) (ID1)
Preferably n is 0 or 1. More preferably n is 0.
Preferably R1 is hydrogen, Aryl, or a C1-6 alkyl or C2-β alkenyl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from C3.7 cycloalkyl, Aryl, Aromatic heterocycle, Heterocycle, OR10, NR10R11, S(0)pR1°, OC(0)R1\ C02R1°, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, halo and NHS02R1°. More preferably R1 is hydrogen, Aryl, C2-6 alkenyl or a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from C3.7 cycloalkyl, Aryl, Aromatic heterocycle, OR10, C02R10, halo and NHS02R10. Yet more preferably R1 is hydrogen, Aryl or a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally substituted by a group selected from C3.7 cycloalkyl, Aryl, Aromatic heterocycle, OR10, C02R1° and NHS02R10. Yet more preferably R1 is hydrogen, Aryl or a Ci-β alkyl group optionally substituted by a group selected from cydohexyl and Aryl. Yet more preferably R1 is hydrogen or Cι-3 alkyl. Most preferably R1 is hydrogen.
Preferably R2 and R3 are each independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-6 alkyl. More preferably R2 and R3 are hydrogen.
Preferably R4 is hydrogen or Cι-6 alkyl. More preferably R4 is hydrogen.
Preferably R6, R7and R9 are each independently selected from hydrogen and Ci-6 alkyl. More preferably R6, R7 and R9 are each independently selected from hydrogen and C1-3 alkyl. Yet more preferably R6, R7and R9 are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl. Most preferably R6, R7 and R9 are all hydrogen.
When R5 and R8 do not constitute a C2-6 alkylene link then R5 is preferably hydrogen or C-i-6 alkyl, more preferably hydrogen or Cι-3 alkyl, yet more preferably hydrogen or methyl, and most preferably methyl, and R8 is preferably hydrogen or Cι-6 alkyl, more preferably hydrogen or C-ι-3 alkyl, yet more preferably hydrogen or methyl, and most preferably hydrogen.
When R5 and R8 constitute a C2-6 alkylene link then the link is preferably a C2-3 alkylene link and more preferably it is a C2 alkylene link.
Preferably R10 and R11 are each independently selected from hydrogen and C1.3 aallkkyyll.. MMoonre preferably R10 and R11 are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl
Aryl includes optionally substituted phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl and phenanthrenyl. Preferably Aryl is phenyl or naphthyl optionally substituted by 1 -3 groups selected from R12, halo, OR13, NR13R14, NR13C02R12, C02R13, NR13S02R12, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, S02NR13R14, C(0)NR13R14, C3-7 cycloakyl, O(C3-7 cycloalkyl), R15 and OR15. More preferably Aryl is phenyl optionally substituted by Cι-6 alkyl, halo, 0(Cι-6 alkyl), CF3, C3-7 cycloakyl, 0(C3-7 cycloalkyl), R15 or OR15 and R15 is phenyl optionally substituted by C1-6 alkyl, halo, 0(d.6 alkyl) or CF3. Yet more preferably Aryl is phenyl optionally substituted by Ci-β alkyl, CF3, cydohexyl, O(cyclohexyl), R15 or OR15 and R15 is phenyl optionally substituted by Cι-6 alkyl, Cl, F, 0(Cι-6 alkyl) or CF3. Most preferably Aryl is phenyl.
Preferably Aromatic heterocycle is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S and N, including optionally substituted furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl and triazinyl, optionally substituted by 1-3 groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R12, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(O)R12, S02R12, OC(O)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13Ru, C(0)NR13R14. More preferably Aromatic heterocycle is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, optionally substituted by 1-3 groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R12, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl,
O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14, C(0)NR13R14. Most preferably Aromatic heterocycle is an unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N.
Preferably, Heterocycle is a 3 to 8 membered ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being saturated or partially saturated, optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R12, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(O)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, SO2NR13R14, C(0)NR13R14. More preferably, Heterocycle is a 5 or 6 membered ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being saturated or partially saturated, optionally substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R12, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl. O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(O)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14, C(0)NR13R14. Most preferably, Heterocycle is an unsubstituted 5 or 6 membered ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being saturated or partially saturated, including oxiranyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thiolanyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxolanyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl and piperazinyl.
Preferred compounds of the present invention are:
(2S)-(-)-2-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1 -phenyl-1 -/-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid (Example 6); (2S)-2-{[(1 f?)-2-amino-1 -methylethyl]oxy}-3-[1 -(2-cyclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl]- propanoic acid (Example 15); (2S)-2-{[(1 f7)-2-amino-1 -methylethyl]oxy}-3-(1 -phenyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid (Example 17);
(2^-2-{[(2S)-2-aminopropyl]oxy}-3-[1-(2-cyclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl]propanoic acid (Example 34); (2S)-2-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid (Example 50); (2S)-2-{[(1 f7)-2-amino-1 -methylethyl]oxy}-3-(1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid (Example 51); and
(2S)-2-{[(1 ?)-2-amino-1 -methylethyl]oxy}-3-[1 -(2-pyridinyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl]- propanoic acid (Example 52).
Particularly preferred is (2^-2-{[(1 f?)-2-amino-1-methylethyl]oxy}-3-(1 H-imidazol-4- yl)propanoic acid (Example 51).
The compounds of formula (I) are inhibitors of TAFIa. Inhibition of TAFIa can be demonstrated using an assay based on the method of Boffa et al. (J. Biol. Chem. 1998, 273, 2127) as further described below. The activity of the compounds is characterized by a calculated Kj value. Generally the compounds of the present invention have a Ki value of 10μM or less. Better compounds have a Kj value of 1μM or less, or even 100nM or less. The most potent compounds have a Kj value of 25nM or less.
The compounds of formula (I) are selective for TAFIa over other carboxypeptidases, and particularly carboxypeptidase N (CPN). Unwanted inhibition of CPN is considered to be the most likely cause of undesirable side effects in clinical use. Selectivity can be expressed as the ratio of the Ki for TAFIa to the Kj for CPN.
Generally the compounds of the present invention have a selectivity ratio of at least 5. Better compounds have a selectivity ratio of at least 10. The most selective compounds have a selectivity ratio of at least 50.
The compounds of formula (I) may be prepared according to the general methods which are described below and in the Examples and Preparations section. These methods provide a further aspect of the present invention. Nevertheless, the skilled man will appreciate that the compounds of the invention could be made by methods other than those herein described, by adaptation of the methods herein described and/or adaptation of a plethora of methods known in the art. It is to be understood that the synthetic transformation methods specifically mentioned herein may be carried out in various different sequences in order that the desired substances can be efficiently assembled. The skilled chemist will exercise his judgement and skill as to the most efficient sequence of reactions for the synthesis of a given target substance.
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that sensitive functional groups may need to be protected and deprotected during the synthesis of a substance of the invention.
This may be achieved by conventional techniques, for example as described by T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts ("Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 3RD edition, Wiley-lnterscience, NY, 1999).
Compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from the corresponding esters of formula
(II) (wherein P1 is a lower alkyl group, a benzyl group or any other carboxyl protecting group).
OO (I)
P1 is preferably a lower alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl, in which case suitable conditions for this step include treatment with NaOH in dioxan for 1 -3 days.
Compounds of formula (II) may be prepared from the corresponding protected amines of formula (III) (wherein P2 is a te/f-butyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl or fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl group, or any other amine protecting group). Where R9 is H then the preparation involves only a deprotection step. Where R9 is other than H then a further step is necessary to introduce R9, such as a reductive amination reaction.
(III) (ll, R9 = H) (ii)
Alternatively, compounds of formula (III) may be converted to the corresponding acids (IV) prior to deprotecting the amine to give the compounds of formula (I).
(III) (IV)
(I, R9 = H) (0
Compounds of formula (III) may be prepared from imidazoleacetic acid derivatives of formula (V), wherein X is a leaving group such as a chlorine, bromine or iodine atom, or a methanesulphonate or trifluoromethanesulphonate group, by reaction with a alcohol of formula (VI).
(III)
Compounds of formula (V) may be prepared from the corresponding hydroxyacid derivatives of formula (VII) or, where X is Br, by direct halogenation of the esters of formula (VIII).
(VIII) Compounds of formula (VI), (VII) and (VIII) are known or may be prepared by methods analogous to those used for the preparation of such known compounds.
Compounds of formula (III) may alternatively be prepared from α-hydroxyimidazole- acetic acid derivatives of formula (VII) by reaction with a compound of formula (IX) wherein Y is a leaving group such as a chlorine, bromine or iodine atom, or a methanesulphonate or trifluoromethanesulphonate group.
(ill) Compounds of formula (II) where neither of R8 and R9 are hydrogen may also be prepared from compounds of formula (X). When R3 is hydrogen the transformation may be accomplished by hydrogenation in the presence of a suitable catalyst. When R3 is other than hydrogen the transformation may be accomplished using a reagent such as R3-M, where M is a metal such as lithium or magnesium, in the presence of a copper(l) salt.
(X) (II)
Compounds of formula (X) may be prepared from compounds of formula (XI) by dehydration. The transformation may be accomplished using, for example, methanesulfonyl chloride and a tertiary amine.
<XI> (X)
Compounds of formula (XI) may be prepared by an aldol-type reaction between alkoxy-esters of formula (XII) and aldehydes or ketones of formula (XIII) in the presence of a strong base, such as lithium diisopropylamide.
(XII)
(XI) Compounds of formula (Xlll) are generally known, or may be prepared by methods
analogous to published methods. Compounds of formula (XII) may be prepared by reacting the corresponding amino-alcohols R8R9NC(R6)(R7)(CH2)nC(R4)(R5)OH with a bromoacetate BrCH2C02P1 in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R9 is hydrogen may alternatively be prepared by the hydrolysis of lactams of formula (XIV).
(I, R9 = H) Compounds of formula (XIV) may be prepared from the corresponding unsaturated compounds of formula (XV). When R3 is hydrogen the transformation may be accomplished by hydrogenation in the presence of a suitable catalyst. When R3 is other than hydrogen the transformation may be accomplished using a reagent such as R3-M, where M is a metal such as lithium or magnesium, in the presence of a copper(l) salt.
(XV) (χ'v) Compounds of formula (XV) may be prepared by dehydration of alcohols of formula (XVI).
(XVI) (XV)
Compounds of formula (XVI) may be prepared by reacting an aldehyde or ketone of formula (Xlll) with a lactam of formula (XVII) in the presence of a strong base, such as lithium diisopropylamide.
(XVII) (XVI)
Compounds of formula (XVII) may be prepared from aminoalcohols of formula (XVIII) by reaction with chloroacetyl chloride. Compounds of formula (XVIII) are generally known, or may be prepared by adaptation of generally known methods.
(XVIII)
(XVII) When R8 is H, the foregoing method can be problematic, particu jllaarrllyy a at the step involving the reaction of compounds of formula (Xlll) and (XVII). It is generally convenient in this case to use a protected aminoalcohol of formula (XVIIIa), where P3 is a nitrogen protecting group. A particularly useful embodiment of P3 is the 4-methoxybenzyl group. This may be removed following the elaboration of intermediate (XlVa) by treatment with eerie ammonium nitrate.
(XVIIIa) (XlVa) (XIV, R8 = H)
When R1 is H it may be necessary or convenient to protect the imidazole as its trityl derivative. Accordingly, when R1 is H, compounds of formula (XIX), (XX) or (XXI) may be elaborated by the foregoing methods to provide compounds of formula (XXII) which, upon deprotection, give compounds of formula (III).
(XXI) This route may also be useful for the preparation of certain compounds according to formula (I) wherein R1 is attached at the N1 position of the imidazole ring. Compounds of formula (III) wherein R1 is H may be alkylated or arylated to give compounds of formula (III) wherein R1 is other than H and is attached at the N1 position.
(XXII) (III, R1 = H) (Ml, R1 at N1)
When R1 is an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group it may be introduced in an alkylation reaction. Suitable conditions for this step include treatment with 1.1 eq of cesium carbonate and 1.1 eq of an alkylating agent in N(N-dimethylformamide, or with sodium hydride and 1.1 eq of an alkylating agent in THF. Suitable alkylating reagents include R1-CI, R1-Br, R1-l, R1-OS02CH3 and R1-OS02CF3. When R1 is Aryl or Aromatic heterocycle it may be introduced in an arylation reaction. Suitable conditions for this step include treatment with 2eq of Aryl-B(OH)2 or Aromatic heterocycle-B(OH)2 in the presence of 1.5 eq of copper acetate, 2eq of pyridine, air and 4A molecular sieves.
For the compounds of formula (I) wherein the imidazole is 2,4- or 2,5-disubstituted, it may also be convenient or necessary to use a protecting group at the N1 position.
The compounds of formula (I) are useful as therapeutic agents. The compounds will generally be formulated so as to be amenable to administration to the subject by the chosen route. In a further aspect, therefore, the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice. For example, the compounds of formula (I) can be administered orally, buccally or sublingually in the form of tablets, capsules, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions. These formulations may contain flavouring or colouring agents, and may be adapted for immediate-, delayed-, modified-, sustained-, pulsed- or controlled-release applications.
Tablets may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropyl- cellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin capsules. Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, cellulose and derivatives thereof, milk sugar and high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
For solutions, suspensions and elixirs, the compounds of formula (I) may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents, and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
The compounds of formula (I) may also be administered in the form of a solution- or suspension-filled soft or hard gelatin capsule. Such capsules are generally made of gelatin, glycerin, water and sorbitol. Hard capsules are distinguished from soft capsules by containing less water and thus having a correspondingly stronger shell. Additional excipients suitable for use in such capsules include propylene glycol, ethanol, water, glycerol and edible oils.
The compounds of formula (I) can also be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, intra-arterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intraurethrally, intrasternally, intracranially, intramuscularly or subcutaneously. Such administration may be as a single bolus injection or as a short- or long-duration infusion. For such parenteral administration the compounds are preferably formulated as a sterile solution in water or another suitable solvent or mixture of solvents. The solution may contain other substances such as: salts, particularly sodium chloride, and sugars, particularly glucose or mannitol, to make the solution isotonic with blood; buffering agents such as acetic, citric and phosphoric acids and
their sodium salts, such that the pH of the solution is preferably between 3 and 9; and preservatives. The preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
The compounds of formula (I) can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomiser or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A™) or 1 ,1 ,1 , 2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EA™), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurised aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. The pressurised container, pump, spray, atomiser or nebuliser may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e.g. using a mixture of ethanol and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e.g. sorbitan trioleate. Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of a compound of the formula (I) and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
Alternatively, the compounds of formula (I) can be administered by the vaginal or rectal routes in the form of a suppository or pessary, or The compounds of formula (I) may also be administered dermally or transdermally, for example, by the use of a skin patch.
Alternatively, the compounds of formula (I) can be applied topically in the form of a gel, hydrogel, lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder. Suitable ointments may contain the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Suitable lotions or creams may contain the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol
and water.
Alternatively, the compounds of formula (I) may be administered by the ocular route. For ophthalmic use, the compounds can be formulated as micronised suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted, sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted, sterile saline, optionally in combination with a preservative such as a benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, they may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
The compounds of formula (I) may also be used in combination with a cydodextrin. Cyclodextrins are known to form inclusion and non-inclusion complexes with drug molecules. Formation of a drug-cyclodextrin complex may modify the solubility, dissolution rate, bioavailability and/or stability property of a drug molecule. Drug- cyclodextrin complexes are generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes. As an alternative to direct complexation with the drug the cydodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, e.g. as a carrier, diluent or solubiliser. Alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins are most commonly used and suitable examples are described in W091/11172, WO94/02518 and W098/55148.
Because the compounds of formula (I) are inhibitors of TAFIa they are useful as therapeutic agents in pathologies in which inhibition of TAFIa is beneficial. In a further aspect, therefore, the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof for use as a medicament. In particular, the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a condition selected from thrombotic conditions, atherosclerosis, adhesions, dermal scarring, cancer, fibrotic conditions, inflammatory diseases and those conditions which benefit from maintaining or enhancing bradykinin levels in the body. The utility of TAFIa inhibitors for the treatment of thrombotic conditions derives from their potential to promote fibrinolysis while not interfering with coagulation. In most clinically relevant situations thrombus formation is sub-acute, i.e. the thrombus forms slowly. Conventional anti-thrombotic agents block the coagulation pathway and so prevent thrombus growth, but as an
unavoidable consequence they also block the clotting response to vascular damage, which results in an increased incidence of hemorrhaging. By promoting fibrinolysis, TAFIa inhibitors accelerate the dissolution of the developing thrombus without interfering with the clotting response. Accordingly, one preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a thrombotic condition selected from myocardial infarction, deep vein thrombosis, stroke, young stroke, cerebral infarction, cerebral thrombosis, cerebral embolism, peripheral vascular disease, angina and other forms of acute coronary syndromes, disseminated intravascular coagulation, sepsis, pulmonary embolism, embolic events secondary to cardiac arrhythmias and the prevention of cardiovascular events following surgical revascularisation or intervention, or for improving the outcome of organ transplantation by reducing blood clotting and so preserving organ function. Cardiovascular events following intervention surgery include conditions such as restenosis or reocdusion following interventions such as percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, grafting, stent in-placement, coronary bypass surgery or any other forms of surgical revascularisation or intervention. Disseminated intravascular coagulation includes all conditions resulting from intravascular activation of the coagulation process. This might occur acutely through the release of procoagulant substances (eg. obstetric emergencies, snakebite, crush injury malignancy), by abnormal contact of the blood (eg. infections, burns, extracorporeal circulation, grafts) or though generation of procoagulants in the blood (transfusion reactions, leukemia); or chronically, (eg. toxemia, malignant hypertension, severe liver cirrhosis). Deep vein thrombosis also encompasses what is known as 'economy class syndrome', where clots form in subjects forced to endure cramped conditions for a period of time, such as those sitting in the economy class seats of an aeroplane.
A role for thrombus formation in the pathophysiology of atherosclerosis has recently been highlighted by several independent groups. Non-ocdusive thrombi not only restrict blood flow leading to myocardial ischemia and angina pectoris but also, due to incomplete endogenous lysis, may be incorporated into the arterial wall as solidified plaque material enhancing the atherosclerotic process. Long-term administration of a TAFIa inhibitor promotes the lysis of developing thrombi and
therefore provides a safe and efficacious treatment which alleviates the symptoms of angina pectoris while impairing the progression of the underlying disease. Conventional treatment of myocardial ischaemia in clinically stable coronary artery disease is predominately designed to reduce cardiac workload and enhance blood flow. Such approaches clearly reduce myocardial ischaemia thus increasing quality of life. However, these strategies have little effect on the pathogenesis of coronary atherosclerosis which is a chronic process of continuous remodeling of the vascular tree in response to varying degrees of vascular injury. Accordingly, another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of atherosclerosis, including atherosclerosis as a consequence of peripheral vascular disease, insulin resistance and Syndrome X, and further including myocardial ischaemia and angina pectoris resulting from atherosclerosis. Atherosclerosis is taken to include both primary and secondary coronary artery disease, in which atherosclerosis restricts the blood supply to the heart. Primary prevention of coronary artery disease means preventing the onset of ischemic complications such as myocardial infarction in patients with no history of coronary artery disease but who have one or more risk factors. Secondary prevention of coronary artery disease means preventing ischemic complications in patients with established coronary artery disease, such as patients who have had a previous myocardial infarction. Syndrome X is a term often used to group together a number of interrelated diseases. The first stage of syndrome X consists of insulin resistance, abnormal cholesterol and triglyceride levels, obesity and hypertension. Any one of these conditions may be used to diagnose the start of Syndrome X. The disease may then progress with one condition leading to the development of another in the group. For example insulin resistance is associated with high lipid levels, hypertension and obesity. The disease then cascades, with the development of each additional condition increasing the risk of developing more serious diseases. This can progress to the development of diabetes, kidney disease and heart disease. These diseases may lead to stroke, myocardial infarction and organ failure. Atherosclerosis is common in patients with Syndrome X.
TAFIa inhibitors are also effective in preventing the formation of adhesions in the
body. Most surgical procedures and physical traumas result in bleeding into the cavities between tissues. The blood which collects at these sites then clots forming fibrin-rich thrombi. These thrombi bridge the gaps between adjacent tissues and act as foci for the accumulation of inflammatory cells and fibroblasts. Invading fibroblasts lay down a collagen-rich extracellular matrix which strengthens the adhesion of the tissues producing a firm bond which may then restrict movement. Adhesions have been characterised according to their location and may result following any surgery, e.g. abdominal, orthopaedic, neurological, cardiovascular and ocular surgery. This inappropriate adhesion of tissues post-surgery or trauma is a major issue which can lead to various outcomes, e.g. "aches and pains", "twinges", local inflammation, restriction in mobility, pain, intestinal obstruction and sometimes, in the most severe cases, death. In the case of gynaecological surgery, infertility may result. Additionally clots forming fibrin-rich thrombi are implicated in dermal scarring and restenosis. Without being bound by any theory, it is believed that adhesion formation may be enhanced when a deficiency in fibrinolysis results in enhanced and maintained clot formation. Treatment with a TAFIa inhibitor around and/or after surgical intervention may enhance fibrinolysis of the fibrin-rich thrombi and hence inhibit thrombus formation, accretion and stabilization, thereby inhibiting adhesion formation. A TAFIa inhibitor given either locally as a topical application or systemically may be seen to be of benefit in a range of surgical procedures. In addition, administration of a TAFIa inhibitor may be used to treat adhesions resulting from other forms of non-surgical physical trauma where this has caused internal bleeding. Examples of such trauma might include sporting injuries or anything else resulting in a tear, cut, bruise or induration of the body. Accordingly, another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of adhesions or dermal scarring.
TAFIa inhibitors are also effective in inhibiting tumour maturation, progression and metastasis. Without being bound by any theory, it is believed that the hemostatic system is involved at several levels of cancer pathology, including neovascularisation, shedding of cells from the primary tumour, invasion of the blood supply, adherence to the vessel wall and growth at the metastatic site. It is thought
that the efficacy of TAFIa inhibitors stems from an ability to reduce fibrin deposition around solid tumours and thereby inhibit the above processes. Accordingly, another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of cancer.
TAFIa inhibitors are efficacious in treatment of any condition in which fibrosis is a contributing factor. Suitable fibrotic conditions include cystic fibrosis, pulmonary fibrotic diseases such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), fibromuscular dysplasia and fibrotic lung disease, and fibrin deposition in the eye during opthalmic surgery. Accordingly, another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of fibrotic disease, and in particular for the treatment or prevention of a fibrotic condition selected from cystic fibrosis, pulmonary fibrotic diseases, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), fibromuscular dysplasia, fibrotic lung disease and fibrin deposition in the eye during opthalmic surgery.
TAFIa inhibitors are efficacious in the treatment of inflammation, inflammatory diseases such as asthma, arthritis, endometriosis, inflammatory bowel diseases, psoriasis and atopic dermatitis and neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease. Accordingly, another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of inflammation, inflammatory diseases such as asthma, arthritis, endometriosis, inflammatory bowel diseases, psoriasis and atopic dermatitis and neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease.
TAFIa binds to and breaks down bradykinin (Tan et al., Biochemistry 1995, 34, 5811). There are many conditions which are known to benefit from maintaining or enhancing levels of bradykinin such as hypertension, angina, heart failure,
pulmonary hypertension, renal failure and organ failure. Accordingly, another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of conditions which benefit from maintaining or enhancing levels of bradykinin.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating or preventing thrombotic conditions, atherosclerosis, adhesions, dermal scarring, cancer, fibrotic conditions, inflammatory diseases and those conditions which benefit from maintaining or enhancing bradykinin levels in the body which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient in need of such treatment.
One preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for a method of treating or preventing thrombosis, particularly myocardial infarction, deep vein thrombosis, stroke, young stroke, cerebral infarction, cerebral thrombosis, cerebral embolism, peripheral vascular disease, angina and other forms of acute coronary syndromes, disseminated intravascular coagulation, sepsis, pulmonary embolism, embolic events secondary to cardiac arrhythmias and preventing cardiovascular events following intervention surgery which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient in need of such treatment. Subjects with thrombotic conditions who are suitable for treatment by the present invention include those having conditions associated with hypercoagulability, such as factor V mutation, antithrombin III deficiency, heparin cof actor II deficiency, protein C deficiency, protein S deficiency and polycythemia vera, and those exhibiting homocystinaemia or homocystinuria.
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for a method of treating or preventing atherosclerosis which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient in need of such treatment.
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for a method of treating or preventing adhesions or dermal scarring which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient in need of such treatment.
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for a method of treating or preventing cancer which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient in need of such treatment.
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for a method of treating or preventing a fibrotic condition such as cystic fibrosis, pulmonary fibrotic diseases, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), fibromuscular dysplasia, fibrotic lung disease and fibrin deposition in the eye during ophthalmic surgery which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient in need of such treatment.
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for a method of treating or preventing an inflammatory disease such as asthma, arthritis, endometriosis, inflammatory bowel diseases, psoriasis or atopic dermatitis or a neurodegenerative disease such as Alzheimer's disease or Parkinson's disease which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient in need of such treatment.
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention provides for a method of treating or preventing conditions which benefit from maintaining or enhancing levels of bradykinin which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable
salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to a patient in need of such treatment.
It is to be appreciated that all references herein to treatment include curative, palliative and prophylactic treatment. The amount of compound administered and the frequency of administration will be determined by the attending physician taking into account the characteristics of the patient, such as age, weight and state of health, and the degree of inhibition of TAFIa desired. The total daily dose for a typical 70kg adult will generally be between 1mg and 5g, preferably between 10mg and 1g, more preferably between 50mg and 750mg. The total dose may be given as a single or divided dose.
The compounds of the present invention may be used alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents. When used in combination with another therapeutic agent the administration of the two agents may be simultaneous or sequential. Simultaneous administration includes the administration of a single dosage form that comprises both agents and the administration of the two agents in separate dosage forms at substantially the same time. Sequential administration includes the administration of the two agents according to different schedules provided that there is an overlap in the periods during which the treatment is provided. Suitable agents with which the compounds of formula (I) can be co-administered include antithrombotics, including antiplatelet agents, anticoagulants and profibrinolytics. Suitable antithrombotics include: aspirin, Plavix™, ticlopidine, warfarin (Coumadin™), unfractionated heparin, hirudin (Lepirudin™), streptokinase, urokinase, recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (tPA), dipyridamole, Reopro™, Aggrastat™, and Integrilin™. The compounds of formula (I) can also be administered together with antihypertensive agents and with agents to treat dyslipidaemia such as statins eg Lipitor™. Further suitable drug classes for co-administration include Factor X inhibitors and antiarrhythmics such as amiodarone or digoxin. Accordingly, in a further aspect, the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof in combination with an antithrombotic agent for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of thrombosis. In a preferred embodiment the antithrombotic is an profibrinolytic. In a more preferred embodiment the antithrombotic is recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (tPA).
In a further aspect, the present invention provides for a method of treating or preventing thrombosis, which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof in combination with an antithrombotic to a patient in need of such treatment. In a preferred embodiment the antithrombotic is a profibrinolytic. In a more preferred embodiment the antithrombotic is recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (tPA).
In a further aspect, the present invention provides for a kit comprising: a) a composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof as disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier; b) a composition comprising an antithrombotic and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier; and c) a container
The components of this kit may be administered separately, simultaneously or sequentially.
The present invention also provides for the use a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof as a coating on intravascular devices such as indwelling catheters for dialysis, replacement heart valves or arterial stents; and as a coating on extra- corporeal blood circulation devices such as heart, lung and kidney dialysis machines, to prevent thrombosis, particularly myocardial infarction, deep vein thrombosis, stroke, young stroke, cerebral infarction, cerebral thrombosis, cerebral embolism, peripheral vascular disease, angina and other forms of acute coronary syndromes, disseminated intravascular coagulation, sepsis, pulmonary embolism, embolic events secondary to cardiac arrhythmias and the prevention of cardiovascular events such as restenosis following intervention surgery such as percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, grafting, stent in-placement, coronary bypass surgery or any other forms of surgical revascularisation or intervention.
The invention provides for intravascular devices, of which the intravascular portion is
coated with a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof; and extra corporeal blood circulation devices such as heart, lung and kidney dialysis machines, where the portion coming into contact with the subjects blood is coated with a compound of formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
The compounds of the present invention are TAFIa inhibitors, whose utility is based upon preventing the reaction between a developing thrombus and TAFIa. It has been found that the compounds of the present invention are also capable of binding to the unactivated TAFI molecule, at the site implicated in the reaction between TAFIa and the developing clot. The use of TAFIa inhibitors as described above in terms of scope and utility, includes such TAFIa inhibitors which bind to TAFI.
The invention is further illustrated by the following, non-limiting examples.
Melting points were determined on a Gallenkamp melting point apparatus using glass capillary tubes and are uncorrected. Unless otherwise indicated all reactions were carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere, using commercially available anhydrous solvents. '0.88 Ammonia' refers to commercially-available aqueous ammonia solution of about 0.88 specific gravity. Thin-layer chromatography was performed on glass-backed pre-coated Merck silica gel (60 F254) plates, and silica gel column chromatography was carried out using 40-63 ΛΠ silica gel (Merck silica gel 60). Ion exchange chromatography was performed using with the specified ion exchange resin which had been pre-washed with deionised water. Proton NMR spectra were measured on a Varian Inova 300, Varian Inova 400, or Varian Mercury 400 spectrometer in the solvents specified. In the NMR spectra, only non- exchangeable protons which appeared distinct from the solvent peaks are reported. Low resolution mass spectra were recorded on either a Fisons Trio 1000, using thermospray positive ionisation, or a Finnigan Navigator, using electrospray positive or negative ionisation. High resolution mass spectra were recorded on a Bruker Apex II FT-MS using electrospray positive ionisation. Combustion analyses were conducted by Exeter Analytical UK. Ltd., Uxbridge, Middlesex. Optical rotations were determined at 25°C using a Perkin Elmer 341 polarimeter using the solvents
and concentrations specified. Example compounds designated as (+) or (-) optical isomers are assigned based on the sign of optical rotation when determined in a suitable solvent.
Abbreviations and Definitions
Arbocel™ Filtration agent, from J. Rettenmaier & Sohne, Germany Amberlyst® 15 Ion exchange resin, available from Aldrich Chemical Company atm Pressure in atmospheres (1 atm = 760 Torr = 101.3 kPa) Biotage™ Chromatography performed using Flash 75 silica gel cartridge, from Biotage, UK
BOC tert-Butyloxycarbonyl group br Broad c Concentration used for optical rotation measurements in g per 100 ml (1 mg/ml is c O.10) cat Catalytic d Doublet dd Doublet of doublets
Degussa® 101 10 wt% palladium on activated carbon, Degussa type E101 available from Aldrich Chemical Company
Dowex® Ion exchange resin, from Aldrich Chemical Company ee Enantiomeric excess
HRMS High Resolution Mass Spectrocopy (electrospray ionisation positive scan)
Hyflo™ Hyflo supercel®, from Aldrich Chemical Company liq liquid
LRMS Low Resolution Mass Spectroscopy (electrospray or thermospray ionisation positive scan)
LRMS (ES') Low Resolution Mass Spectroscopy (electrospray ionisation negative scan) m Multiplet m/z Mass spectrum peak MCI™ gel High porous polymer, CHP20P 75-150μm, from Mitsubishi
Chemical Corporation psi Pounds per square inch (1 psi = 6.9 kPa) q Quartet
Rf Retention factor on TLC s Singlet
Sep-Pak® Reverse phase Cι8 silica gel cartridge, Waters Corporation t Triplet
TLC Thin Layer Chromatography δ Chemical shift
Example 1 (2SH-)-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-(1 -propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid
A solution of the compound of Preparation 88 (437mg, 1.96mmol) in 6M hydrochloric acid (35ml) was heated at reflux for 72 hours, then allowed to cool and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water (2ml) and the solution was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using an elution gradient of water:0.88 ammonia (100:0 to 98:2). The product containing fractions were combined and evaporated under reduced pressure, and the product was freeze-dried to afford the title compound, 456mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.82 (t, 3H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 2.80 (m, 1 H), 3.01 (m, 3H), 3.44 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 3H), 3.89 (dd, 1 H), 6.70 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 264 [MNa+]. Microanalysis found: C, 49.04; H, 8.17; N, 15.51. CιιHi9N3θ3;1.6H20 requires C, 49.04; H, 8.28; N, 15.60%. [α]D = -33.43 (c = 0.193, methanol).
Examples 2 to 4 The following compounds of general formula
were prepared from the corresponding morpholinone compounds following the procedure of Example 1.
Example 5 (2SH-)-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-π -(2-cvclohexylethvh-1 H-imidazol-4-yllpropanoic acid
A solution of the compound of Preparation 133 (72mg, 0.25mmol) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (5ml) was heated at 110°C for 18 hours, then allowed to cool and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water and the solution was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using an elution gradient of water:0.88 ammonia:methanol (95:5:0 to 90:5:5). The product was dissolved in water (5ml) and freeze-dried to afford the title compound as a sticky gum, 45mg. 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 0.99 (m, 2H), 1.21 (m, 4H), 1.61-1.78 (m, 7H), 2.86 (dd, 1 H), 3.02 (m, 3H), 3.58-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.98 (m, 3H), 6.93 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 310 [MH+]. Microanalysis found: C, 59.56; H, 8.76; N, 12.91. C16H27N3O3;0.75H2O requires C, 59.51 ; H, 8.90; N, 13.01%. [α]D = -23.34 (c = 0.102, methanol).
Example 6 (2S)- -2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-(1 -phenyl-1 /-/-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid
The title compound was obtained as a fawn solid in 87% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 104, following the procedure of Example 5. 1H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 2.88 (dd, 1 H), 3.00 (dd, 1 H), 3.10 (t, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 4.02 (m, 1 H), 7.30 (s, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 1 H), 7.45 (m, 4H), 7.98 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 298 [MNa+j. Microanalysis found: C, 59.15; H, 6.39; N, 14.71. Cι4Hι7N3O3;0.5H2O requires C, 59.14; H, 6.38; N, 14.78%. [α]D = -16.8 (c = 0.10, methanol).
Example 7 (2S)-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-(1-r3.5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)-
propanoic acid
The title compound was obtained as a white solid in 45% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 106, following the procedure of Example 5. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 3.00-3.18 (m, 3H), 3.65 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (m, 1 H), 4.04 (m, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (s, 1 H), 8.22 (s, 2H), 8.30 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES ) 410 [M-H ]. Microanalysis found: C, 43.95; H, 3.79; N, 9.99. Cι6H15F6N3θ3;1.25H20 requires C, 44.30; H, 4.07; N, 9.69%.
Example 8 (2 ?S)-2-r(2-(Methylamino)ethoxy1-3-(1 -propyl-1 --imidazol-4-vQpropanoic acid
The title compound was obtained from the morpholinone of Preparation 51 , following the procedure of Example 1. 1 H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 0.70 (t, 3H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.76 (dd, 1 H), 2.84 (dd, 1 H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.80 (t, 2H), 3.94 (dd, 1 H), 6.84 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 256.2 [MH+].
Example 9 (2r?S)-2-lϊ2-(Dimethylamino)ethoxyl-3-(1 -propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid
A solution of the protected acid of Preparation 142 (200mg, 0.62mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (5ml) and dichloromethane (5ml) was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
dissolved in water and the solution was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using water:0.88 ammonia (96:4) as eluant. The product containing fractions were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in water and freeze-dried to afford the title compound as a sticky gum, 100mg. 1 H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 0.66 (t, 3H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.78 (m, 7H), 2.82 (dd, 1 H), 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.61 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (t, 2H), 3.92 (m, 1 H), 6.82 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 270.2 [MH4]. Microanalysis found: C, 54.41 ; H, 8.72; N, 14.58. Ci3H23N3O3;H20 requires C, 54.34; H, 8.77; N, 14.62%.
Example 10 (2f?S)-3-(1 -Propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)-2-r(3f7)-pyrrolidin-3-yloxylpropanoic acid
Concentrated hydrochloric acid (3ml) was added to a solution of the protected amino acid of Preparation 143 (232mg, 0.55mmol) in dioxan (2ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water (1ml) and the solution was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using an elution gradient of water:0.88 ammonia (100:0 to 98:2). The product was freeze-dried to afford the title compound as a white solid, 67mg. 1 H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 0.72 (m, 3H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.80, 1.98, 2.08 (3xm, 2H), 2.65, 2.84 (2xm, 3H), 3.03-3.38 (m, 3H), 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.94 (m, 1 H), 4.14 (m, 1 H), 6.89 (m, 1 H), 7.53 (m, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 290 [MNa+].
Example 11 (2 ?S)-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-(1 -r2- 4'-ethylM .1 '-biphenylM-vhethyll-l H-imidazol-4-yl - propanoic acid
A mixture of the compound of Preparation 121 (170mg, 0.43mmol) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2ml) was heated at 110°C for 18 hours, then allowed to cool and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped with ethanol, methanol and dichloromethane, then purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using an elution gradient of water:0.88 ammonia (100:0 to 98:2) to afford the title compound, 15mg. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.22 (t, 3H), 2.62 (q, 2H), 2.82 (m, 1 H), 2.98 (m, 3H), 3.02 (t, 2H), 3.50-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1 H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.43 (m, 4H). Microanalysis found: C, 64.05; H, 6.99; N, 9.35. C25H29N3θ3;2.7H20 requires C, 64.28; H, 7.21 ; N, 8.99%.
Examples 12 to 14 The following compounds of general formula
were prepared from the corresponding morpholinones following the procedure of Example 11.
Example 15 (2S)-2-Ml ?)-2-Amino-1 -methylethylloxy)-3-M -(2-cvclohexylethv0-1 H-imidazol-4-yll- propanoic acid
CH-
The title compound was obtained in 45% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 92, following the procedure of Example 11. Η-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 0.94 (m, 4H), 1.18 (m, 4H), 1.59-1.76 (m, 7H), 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.96 (m, 1 H), 3.03 (m, 1 H), 3.26 (m, 1 H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 3.98 (m, 3H), 6.88 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+)
324 [MNa+]. Microanalysis found: C, 58.97; H, 9.01 ; N, 11.85. Ci7H29N3θ3;1.2H20 requires C, 59.18; H, 9.17; N, 12.18%.
Example 16 (2/?S)-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-π -Phenyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid
A solution of the compound of Preparation 99 (70mg, 0.27mmol) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (2ml) was heated at 110°C for 18 hours, then allowed to cool and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped with water, then purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using water:0.88 ammonia (95:5) as eluant to afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid, 50mg. Η-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 2.93-3.14 (m, 3H), 3.24 (m, 1 H), 3.59-3.73 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 4H), 7.98 (s, 1H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 298 [MNa*].
Example 17 (2S)-2-(f(1 ff)-2-Amino-1 -methylethyl1oxy)-3-(1 -phenyl-1 --imidazol-4-yl)propanoic
The title compound was obtained in 75% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 109, following the procedure of Example 16, except that an elution gradient of methanol:water:0.88 ammonia (20:80:5 to 30:65:5) was used for the ion exchange chromatography. 1 H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 0.90 (d, 3H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 1 H), 4.14 (dd, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 7.37 (m, 1 H), 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.96 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES ) 288 [M-H']. Microanalysis found: C, 58.76; H, 6.72; N, 13.37. C15H19N3θ3;H20 requires C, 58.63; H, 6.89; N, 13.67%. [α]D = -83.0 (c = 0.1 , methanol).
Example 18 (2S-2-{ (1 ffl-2-Amino-1 -methylethvnoχy)-3-f 1 -(3'.4'-dichloroM .1 '-biphenvn-3-yl)-1 H- imidazol-4-vflpropanoic acid
The title compound was obtained as a white foam from the morpholinone of Preparation 115, following the procedure of Example 17, except that an elution gradient of water:methanol:0.88 ammonia (75:20:5 to 15:80:5) was used for the ion exchange chromatography. Η-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.00 (d, 3H), 2.77 (dd, 1 H), 2.92 (m, 2H), 3.15 (dd, 1 H), 3.59 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (m, 1 H), 7.42 (s, 1 H), 7.50-7.627 (m, 5H), 7.78 (s, 1 H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 434, 436 [MH+].
Example 19 (2S)-2-ξ\C\ R)-2-Amino-1 -methylethylloxy)-3-M -(4-phenoχyphenyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vn- propanoic acid
A solution of the morpholinone of Preparation 111 (130mg, 0.36mmol) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (10ml) was heated at 110SC for 18 hours, then allowed to cool and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using water:methanol:0.88 ammonia (70:30:5) as eluant. The product was dissolved in water and freeze-dried to afford the title compound as an off-white powder, 70mg. Η-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.00 (d, 3H), 2.78 (dd, 1 H), 2.86-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.17 (dd, 1 H), 3.60 (m, 1 H), 4.15 (dd, 1 H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 7.17 (m, 1 H), 7.30
(s, 1 H), 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, 2H), 7.95 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 404 [MNa÷]. Microanalysis found: C, 62.70; H, 6.22; N, 10.30. C2ιH23N3θ4;1.2H2O requires C, 62.58; H, 6.35; N, 10.43%. [α]D = -50.9 (c = 0.117, methanol).
Examples 20 to 31 The following compounds of general formula
were prepared by heating a solution of the corresponding morpholinone (0.2 to 0.4mmol) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (2ml) at reflux for 18 hours, concentrating the cooled solution, and azeotroping the residue with ethanol, ethyl acetate and dichloromethane.
Example 33 (2flS)-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-n -(3-f 1.1 '-biphenvn-2-ylpropyn-1 ry-imidazol-4-vπ- propanoic acid dihvdrochloride
The title compound was obtained as an off white foam in 30% yield from the compound of Preparation 146, following the procedure of Example 20. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.96 (m, 2H), 2.60'(t?2H)I :3.05-3.23 (m, 4H), 3.79 (m, 2H), 4.02 (t, 2H), 4.48 (m, 1H),7:14 (d,-1H). 7.19- .3θ m?6H) 7:36 fm, 3tf)?§?02-(s? 1 H). Microanalysis found: C, 54.89; H, 6.24; N, 8.35. C23Η27N3θ3;2HCI;2H20 requires C, 54.98; H, 6.62; N, 8.36%'. ' ,
Example 34
(2S)-2-(f(2S)-Aminopropylloxy)-3-ri-(2-cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazόl-4-vnpropanoic acid dihvdrochloride ,
was obtained in 64% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 95, following the procedure of Example 20. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 0.80-1.32 (m, 9H), 1.60-1.80 (m, 7H), 3.20 (m, 1 H); 3.57 (m, 3H), 3.80 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 4.35 (m, ,1Η), 7.' 8 (s;!<1 H),"8.86 (s,-1H).: HRMS: ιχι/z^(ESI)'324.2280„[MH?]. ;»* _r . •
Example 35 , (2 ?)-2-(f(2ff)-Aminopropyl1oxy)-3-f1-(2-cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1propanoic acid dihvdrochloride
5 The title compound was obtained from the morpholinone of Preparation 96, following the procedure of Example 20. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 0.80-1.32 (m, 9H), 1.60-1.80 (m, 7H), 3.20 (m, 1 H), 3.57 (m, 3H), 3.80 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 4.35 (m, 1 H) .48 (s,r H), 8.86 !(s, -J H): HRMS: m/z (ESI)„324.2275 [MH-V- ' X "- ""
0 Example 36. -
(2flSϊ-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-[1 -(2-methylphenyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vnpropanoic acid
A solution of the morpholinone of Preparation 100 (1 OOmg, 0 37mmol) in . ? 5 concentrated hydrochloric acid (2ml) was heated*, at ,1 0°C for 36 hours, then cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped with , :. methanol and dichloromethane to afford the title compound. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD,
400MHz) δ: 2.10, , 3H),.3.19 (m, 2H), 3.26 (m, J H), 3.39 (rτv1H), 3:82 (t,.2H), 4.42
(m, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.62 (s, 1 H),,9.14 (s, 1H). HRMS: m/z 0 290.1502 [MH+].
Example 37 (2ffl-2-f fd S)-2-Amino-1 -methylethvnoxy)-3-n -(2-cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vn- propanoic acid dihvdrochloride
The title compound was obtained from the morpholinone of Preparation 91 , following the procedure of Example 20. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.01 (m, 5H), 1.21 (m,
imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid dihvdrochloride
■•\. ;-ιt"*'i"
X , ■■.d',ήv-m . !l>-- mmil :J.. '
' '- " ' ' -'• ■ ' ■■■ ■• ■■-
Example 39
(2S)-2- \(l ffl-2-Amino-1 -methylethvπoxy)-3-π -(3-cvclohexyl-3-methylbutvh-1 H- imidazol-4-yllpropanoic acid dihvdrochloride
The title compound was obtained from the morpholinone of Preparation 94, following the procedure of Example 20. ' H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 0.94 (s, 6H), 0.98-1.30 (m, 10H), 1.62 (m, 1 H), 1.78 (m, 6H), 2.90-3.15 (m, 3H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1 H), 7.52 (s, 1 H), 8.90 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 366 [MH*].
Example 40
2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-M -(3-phenoxyphenyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vπpropanoic acid dihvdrochloride
A solution of the morpholinone of Preparation 102 (25mg, 0.07mmol) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (5ml) was heated at 110°C for 18 hours, then cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water and freeze-dried to afford the title compound as a fawn solid, 35mg. 1 H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 3.04 (m, 3H), 3.18 (dd, 1 H), 3.63 (t, 2H), 4.19 (m, 1 H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 7.06 (m, 3H), 7.19 (d, 1 H), 7.46 (dd, 2H), 7.50 (dd, 1 H), 7.54 (s, 1 H), 8.87 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 368 [MH+].
Examples 41 to 44 The following compounds of general formula
were prepared from the corresponding morpholinones following the procedure of Example 40
Example 45 (2SH-)-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-ri -(4-tert-butylphenv -1 H-imidazol-4-vπpropanoic acid dihvdrochloride
The title compound was obtained as a fawn solid from the morpholinone of
Preparation 105, following the procedure of Example 40. ' H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 1.20 (s, 9H), 3.04-3.35 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1 H), 8.98 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 332 [MH+]. Microanalysis found: C, 49.58; H, 6.75; N, 9.84. Ci8H25N3θ3;2HCI;175H20 requires C, 49.58; H, 7.06; N, 9.64%. [α]D = -2.00 (c = 0.30, methanol).
Examples 46 to 48 The following compounds of general formula
CH,
were prepared from the corresponding morpholinones following the procedure of Example 40
Example 49 (2S)-2-ir(1 ?)-2-Amino-1 -methylethvnoxy)-3-(1 -r4-(cvclohexyloxy)phenyll-1 H-imidazol-
4-yl)propanoic acid
A solution of the protected amino acid of Preparation 120 in a mixture of 2N hydrochloric acid (1 ml), water (1 ml) and dioxan (1 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water and purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8- 200 ion exchange resin using water:methanol:0.88 ammonia (48:48:4) as eluant. The product was dissolved in water and freeze-dried to afford the title compound, 25mg. ' H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 0.94 (d, 3H), 1.35 (m, 4H), 1.55 (m, 3H), 172- 2.01 (m, 3H), 2.78-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 1 H), 4.01 (m, 1 H), 4.21 (m, 1 H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 7.01 (s, 1 H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.62 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 388
[MHl. Microanalysis found: C, 59.33; H, 7.65; N, 9.80.
requires C, 59.56; H, 7.85; N, 9.92%.
Example 50 (2S)-2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-3-(1 H-imidazol-4-v))propanoic acid dihvdrochloride
A suspension of the morpholinone of Preparation 118 (90mg, 0.24mmol) and lithium hydroxide (32mg, 1.33mmol) in a mixture of water (2ml) and tetrahydrofuran (1 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in concentrated hydrochloric acid (3ml) and the mixture was heated at 110°C for 18 hours, then cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with acetone and the resulting solid was collected and dried, then recrystallised from methanol/acetone to afford the title compound as a white solid, 12mg. ' H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 3.20 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 4.37 (m, 0.5H), 4.41 (m, 0.5H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H). LRMS: m/z (ES ) 198 [M-H ].
Example 51 (2S)-2-(r(1 f?)-2-Amino-1 -methylethvπoxy)-3-(1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid
CH,
A solution of the morpholinone of Preparation 105 (320mg, 1.64mmol) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (5ml) was heated at 110°C for 18 hours, then allowed to cool and diluted with water (80ml). The resulting solution was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using an elution gradient of water:0.88 ammonia (100:0 to 95:5). The product was dissolved in water and freeze-dried to afford the title compound as a colourless foam, 290mg. Η-NMR
(D20, 400MHz) δ: 0.90 (d, 3H), 2.80 (dd, 2H), 2.98 (dd, 2H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 4.04 (m,
1 H), 6.84 (s, 1 H), 7.60 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 236 [MNa ]. Microanalysis found: C, 46.00; H, 7.41 ; N, 17.81. CgHisNaC jI requires C, 45.85; H, 7.48; N, 17.82%. [α]D = -94.62 (c = 1.72, water).
Alternative synthesis
A mixture of the protected lactone of Preparation 55a (1.58g, 4.42mmol) and methanesulphonic acid (6.5ml) was heated at 70°C for 2.5 hours. The cooled solution was diluted with ether (40ml), the mixture was stirred, and the ether was decanted off. This process was repeated twice. Water was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously then filtered. The filtrate was allowed to stand at room temperature for 24 hours then purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using water:0.88 ammonia (95:5) as eluant, and the fractions obtained were evaporated under reduced pressure (with water-bath temperature below 33°C). The product obtained was dissolved in concentrated hydrochloric acid (5ml), and the solution was heated at 100°C for 18 hours, then cooled and diluted with water (30ml). This solution was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin using water:0.88 ammonia (95:5) as eluant. The product was stirred in acetonitrile (10ml) for 1 hour, filtered and dried in vacuo for 18 hours. Microanalysis found: C, 46.58; H, 7.50; N, 17.98. C9H15N3.1 H2θ requires C, 46.75; H, 7.41 ; N. 18.17%.
Example 52 (2S -2-Ml 7)-2-Amino-1 -methylethylloxyl-3-n -(2-pyridinvn-1 H-imidazol-4-vπ- propanoic acid dihvdrochloride
A solution of the morpholinone of Preparation 152 (72mg, 0.26mmol) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (3ml) was heated at 100°C for 18 hours, then allowed to cool, diluted with water, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin
using an elution gradient of water:0.88 ammonia (100:0 to 95:5). The product was dissolved in 2N hydrochloric acid and the resulting solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water (10ml) and freeze-dried to afford the title compound as a solid, 58mg. ' H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) (mixture of imidazole regioisomers) δ: 0.79, 0.99 (2xd, 3H), 2.56, 2.92 (2xm, 1 H), 3.02-3.44 (m, 3H), 3.58, 3.78 (2xm, 1 H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.71 (m, 1 H), 7.96-8.19 (m, 2H), 8.52, 8.61 (2xm, 1 H), 9.03, 9.38 (2xs, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 291 [MH+].
Example 53 (2S)-2-(f(1 r7)-2-Amino-1 -methylethylloxy)-3-(1 -propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid
A solution of the compound of Preparation 157 (560mg, 2.36mmol) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (10ml) was stirred at 110°C for 18 hours. The cooled solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on ion-exchange resin (Dowex® 50WX8-200) using an elution gradient of water:0.88 ammonia (100:0 to 95:5) to afford the title compound as a foam, 350mg. Η-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 0.66 (t, 3H), 0.81 (d, 3H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 2.60-278 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.98 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (t, 2H), 3.98 (dd, 1 H), 6.82 (s, 1 H), 7.43 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 278 [MNa^. Microanalysis found: C, 53.44; H, 8.13; N, 15.40 C12H21N3O3;0.8H2O requires C, 53.44; H, 8.45; N, 15.58%. [α]D = -86.93° (c = 0.11 , methanol)
Example 54 (2R)-2-(Ul /?)-2-Amino-1-methylethylloxy)-3-(1 H-imidazol-4-vπpropanoic acid
A mixture of the lactam of Preparation 158 (80mg, O.δOmmol) and 2N hydrochloric acid (2ml) was heated at 110°C for 16 hours, then allowed to cool and diluted with water (10ml). This solution was purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8 resin, using water:0.88 ammonia (95:5) as eluant. The product was triturated with acetone and the resulting solid was dried in vacuo to afford the title compound as a brown solid, 68mg. ' H-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 1.00 (d, 3H), 2.76 (dd, 2H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 1 H), 3.86 (m, 1 H), 6.79 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 1 1 -n-Propyl-1 H-imidazole-4-carboxaldehvde
lmidazole-4-carboxaldehyde (30g, 0.31 mol) was added portionwise to a solution of sodium hydride (13.9g, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.348mol) in tetrahydrofuran (450ml), and the solution was stirred for 45 minutes. n-Propyl bromide (31.2ml, 0.344mol) was then added portionwise, followed by 18-crown-6 (150mg), and the mixture was heated under reflux for 18 hours. Aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the cooled solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x) and dichloromethane (2x). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS0 ), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate: pentane (40:60), to give the title compound, 20.2g, 47% yield. 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6, 400MHz) δ : 0.80 (t, 3H), 176 (m, 2H), 3.98 (t, 2H), 7.84 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (s, 1 H), 9.70 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 277.3 [2M+H]+
Preparation 2 1 -n-Butyl-1 H-imidazole-4-carboxaldehvde
The title compound was obtained in 28% yield from imidazole-4-carboxaldehyde and n-butyl bromide, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 1. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 300MHz) δ: 0.97 (t, 3H), 1.37 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1 H), 7.62 (s, 1 H), 9.88 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 153.3 [MH ].
Preparation 3 1 -(2-Cvclohexylethyl)-1 /-/-imidazole-4-carboxaldehvde
lmidazole-4-carboxaldehyde (4.8g, 50mmol) was added portionwise to a suspension of sodium hydride (2.20g, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 55mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150ml), and the mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 2- Cydohexylethyl bromide (8.6ml, 55mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between water (500ml) and dichloromethane (500ml). The layers were separated, and the organic phase was dried (MgS0 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of toluene:ethyl acetate (100:0 to 96:4) to afford the title compound, 178g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.98 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 4H), 1.68 (m, 7H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1 H), 7.60 (s, 1 H), 9.80 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 207.2 [MH+].
Preparation 4
1 -(2-Phenylethvh-l /--imidazole-4-carboxaldehvde
lmidazole-4-carboxaldehyde (673g, 70mmol) was added portionwise to a suspension of sodium hydride (1.68g, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 70mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (280ml), and the mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. (2-Bromoethyl)benzene (9.56ml, 70mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between water (300ml) and dichloromethane (500ml), and the layers were separated. The organic phase was dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was pre-adsorbed onto silica gel, and purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:pentane (50:50 to 100:0) to afford the title compound, 1.44g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.16 (t, 2H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H), 9.83 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 223 [MNa*].
Preparation 5
1 -Trityl-1 H-imidazole-4-carboxaldehvde
A solution of trityl chloride (9.5g, 34.3mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (50ml) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of imidazole-4-carboxaldehyde (3g, 31.2mmol) and triethylamine (17ml, 125mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (30ml) and the solution was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction was then allowed to warm to room temperature, and was stirred for a further 18 hours. Water (200ml) was added, and the resulting pink solid was collected and dried, then dissolved in dichloromethane (200ml). The resulting solution was washed with water (2x100ml), dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The product was recrystallised from ethanol to afford the title compound as a solid, 7.8g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 7.06 (m, 6H), 7.32 (m, 9H), 7.48 (s, 1 H), 7.58 (s, 1 H), 9.82 (s, 1 H). Microanalysis found: C, 81.54; H, 5.37; N, 8.24. C23H18N2O requires C, 81.63; H, 5.36; N, 8.28%.
Preparation 6 2-r(4-Methoxybenzyl)aminolethanol
Acetic acid (ca. 150ml) was added to a solution of p-anisaldehyde (58.2g, 0.42mol) and ethanolamine (152ml, 2.52mol) in methanol (1 L), to achieve a pH of 6. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (100g, 0.47mol) was added portionwise, and once addition was complete, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, basified using 1 N sodium hydroxide solution and extracted with dichloromethane (10x300ml). The combined extracts were evaporated and the crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol (98:2 to 90:10) to afford the title compound, 42g. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 2.78 (t, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.75 (m, 5H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 182 [MH+].
Preparation 7 (2f7)-1-f(4-Methoxybenzyl)amino1-2-propanol
A solution of ( ?)-(-)- 1 -amino-2-propanol (9.00g, 0.12mol) in tetrahydrofuran (40ml) and acetic acid (5ml) was added dropwise to a solution of p-anisaldehyde (5.45g, 0.04mol) in tetrahydrofuran (40ml), and once addition was complete, the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solution was cooled in an ice- bath, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (9.50g, 0.0.045mol) was added portionwise, and then the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (150ml) and sodium hydroxide solution (150ml, 0.5N). The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was saturated with sodium chloride, then extracted with further dichloromethane (3x30ml). The combined organic solutions were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution 98:2:0.2 to 97:3:0.3 dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 NH3) to afford an orange oil (4.9g). 1 H-NMR (CDCI3> 400MHz) δ: 1.12 (d, 3H), 2.39 (dd, 1 H), 2.70 (dd, 1 H), 3.62-379 (m, 6H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 196 [MH+].
Preparation 8 (2Sπ-r(4-Methoxybenzvπamino1-2-propanol
A mixture of (S)-(+)-1-amino-2-propanol (9g, 0.12mol), p-anisaldehyde (5.45g, 0.04mol), acetic acid (5ml), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (9.5g, 0.045mol) in methanol (80ml) was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (150ml) and sodium hydroxide solution (100ml, 0.5N). The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with further dichloromethane (4x30ml). The combined organic solutions were dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residual yellow oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound, 6.2g. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.10 (d, 3H), 2.24-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.65 (dd, 1 H), 3.62-3.80 (m, 6H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 218 [MNa÷]
Preparation 9 (2 ?)-2-r(4-Methoxybenzyl)amino1-1-propanol
(r?)-(-)-2-Amino-1-propanol (10.36ml, 133mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of p-anisaldehyde (5.85g, 42.9mmol) in methanol (90ml), and the solution was cooled in an ice-bath. Acetic acid (2.5ml) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (10.0g, 47.2mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room
temperature over an hour. The solution was warmed to 40°C and stirred for a further 48 hours then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50ml) and dichloromethane (100ml) and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with further dichloromethane (10x50ml), and the combined organic solutions were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified twice by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (97:3:0.3 to 90:10:1) to afford the title compound, 6.0g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.04 (d, 3H), 2.80 (m, 1 H), 322 (dd, 1 H), 3.58 (dd, 1 H), 3.62 (d, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.20 (d, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 196 [MH+]. [α]D = -34.85 (c = 0.137, methanol)
Preparation 10 (25)-2-r(4-Methoxybenzyl)amino1-1-propanol
The title compound was obtained in 67% yield from (S)-(+)-2-amino-1-propanol and p-anisaldehyde, following the procedure described in Preparation 9. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.08 (d, 3H), 2.83 (m, 1 H), 3.30 (dd, 1 H), 3.59 (dd, 1 H), 3.66 (d, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.82 (d, 1 H), 4.08 (bs, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H). [α]D = +39.19 (c = 0.146, methanol)
Preparation 11 4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
A solution of sodium hydroxide (7.08g, 0.177mol) in water (150ml) was added to a solution of the amino alcohol of Preparation 6 (32g, 0.177mol) in dichloromethane (250ml), and the mixture was cooled to 0°C. A solution of chloroacetyl chloride
(14.3ml, 0.177mol) in dichloromethane (50ml) was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The phases were separated, and the organic layer was washed with sodium hydroxide (2N, 150ml), 2N hydrochloric acid (150ml), and brine (50ml), then dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residual oil was dissolved in ethanol (200ml), a solution of potassium hydroxide (9.93g, 0.177mol) in ethanol (200ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was filtered, the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether/pentane to afford the title compound as a white powder, 26g. 1H- NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.20 (t, 2H), 3.78 (m, 5H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 244 [MNa*].
Preparation 12 (6f7)-4-(4-Methoxybenzvh-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
CH,
The title compound was obtained in 76% yield from the alcohol of Preparation 7 and chloroacetyl chloride, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 11 , except, the compound was additionally purified by column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2) as eluant. 1H- NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.18 (d, 3H), 2.99-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.79 (m, 4H), 4.17 (d, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1 H), 4.38 (d, 1 H), 4.61 (d, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.17 (d, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 258 [MNa+]
Preparation 13 (6S)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a yellow oil in 61% yield from the amino alcohol of Preparation 8, following the procedure described in Preparation 11. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.18 (d, 3H), 2.98-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 4.18 (d, 1 H), 4.25 (d, 1 H), 4.38 (d, 1 H), 4.60 (d, 1 H), 6.61 (d, 2H), 7.17 (d, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 258 [MNa÷]
Preparation 14
(5S)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-3-morpholinone
A solution of chloroacetyl chloride (2.34ml, 29mmol) in dichloromethane (25ml) was added dropwise over 10 minutes to a stirred ice-cooled mixture of the amino alcohol of Preparation 10 (5.6g, 287mmol) in sodium hydroxide solution (1.16g, 29mmol in water (20ml)) and dichloromethane (50ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, and then the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed with 1 N sodium hydroxide solution (25ml), 2M hydrochloric acid (20ml) and brine (20ml), then dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (40ml) the solution was cooled in an ice-bath, and a solution of potassium hydroxide (1.63g, 29mmol) in ethanol (40ml) was added dropwise over 5 minutes. The mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for a further 18 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (150ml). This solution was dried (MgS0 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (97:3:0.3 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound, 4g. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.26 (d, 3H), 3.37 (m, 1 H), 3.62 (dd, 1 H), 3.70 (dd, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.90 (d, 1 H), 4.20 (d, 1 H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 5.33 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 2H). [α]D = -109.66 (c = 0.139, methanol)
Preparation 15 (5f7)-4-(4-Methoxybenzvh-5-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 49% yield from the alcohol of Preparation 9 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 14. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.24 (d, 3H), 3.30 (m, 1 H), 3.60 (dd, 1 H), 3.70 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.85 (d, 1 H), 4.18 (d, 1 H), 4.22 (d, 1 H), 5.28 (d, 1 H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H).
Preparation 16 4-Methyl-3-morpholinone
A solution of chloroacetyl chloride (3.81 ml, 50mmol) in dichloromethane (100ml) was added dropwise over 30 minutes to a suspension of 2-(methylamino)ethanol (4ml, 50mmol) and sodium hydroxide (2g, 50mmol) in dichloromethane (50ml) and water (50ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours then evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (100ml), potassium hydroxide (2.8g, 50mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours then filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of pentane:ethyl acetate (100:0 to 50:δ0 to 0:100), to afford the title compound, 3.42g. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.34 (t, 2H), 3.84 (t, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H). Found: C, δl .δδ; H, 8.02; N, 12.01. C5H9Nθ2;0.1 H2θ requires C, δ1.36; H, 7.93; N, 11.98%.
Preparation 17 tert-Butyl f2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy1acetate
N,N-Dimethylethanolamine (5.02ml, 50mmol) was added dropwise over 5 minutes to an ice-cooled suspension of sodium hydride (2.2g, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, δδmmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100ml), and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes. tert-Butyl bromoacetate (7.38ml, δOmmol) was added dropwise over δ minutes, then the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for a further 18 hours. The mixture was pre-adsorbed onto silica gel, and purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of pentane:ethyl acetate:methanol (60:60:0 to 0:100:0 to 0:80:20) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil, 1.46g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.60 (s, 9H), 2.30 (s, 6H), 2.δ9 (t, 2H), 3.64 (t, 2H) 4.00 (s, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 204 [MH4]
Preparation 18 tert-Butyl (3r7)-3-(2-tert-butoxy-2-oxoethoxy)pyrrolidine-1 -carboxylate
Sodium hydride (704mg, 60% in mineral oil, 17.6mmol) was added to an ice-cooled solution of tert-butyl (3r7)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1 -carboxylate (J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41(25), 4983) (δg, 267mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100ml), and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 minutes. tert-Butyl bromoacetate (δ.2g, 267mmol) was added and the mixture was heated under reflux for 18 hours, then cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the phases separated. The organic layer was dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:pentane (0:100 to 20:80) to afford the title compound,
1.9δg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.86-2.05 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 4H), 3.94 (m, 2H), 4.10 (m, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 324 [MNa*]
Preparation 19 Ethyl 3-cvclohexyl-3-methylbutanoate
Trimethylsilyl chloride (1.3ml, 10.2mmol), copper (I) chloride (30mg, 0.3mmol) and cyclohexylmagnesium chloride (4.6ml, 2N in diethyl ether, 9.2mmol) were added slowly to an ice-cooled solution of ethyl 3,3-dimethylacrylate (1g, δ.δmmol) in 0 tetrahydrofuran (10ml). The solution was stirred for 10 minutes, then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for an hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10ml) was added and the mixture was partitioned between water (10ml) and diethyl ether (20ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with diethyl ether (2x10ml). The combined organic extracts were δ dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate:pentane(δ:9δ) as eluant to afford the title compound, 1.2g. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.76 (m, 8H), 1.06-1.28 (m, 7H), 1.62 (m, 1 H), 178 (m, 4H), 2.20 (s, 2H), 4.10 (q, 2H).
0 Preparation 20
3-Cvclohexyl-3-methyl-1 -butanol
Lithium borohydride (1.23g, δ6.6mmol) was added to a solution of the ester of Preparation 19 (4g, 18.9mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30ml), and the mixture was stirred 6 at 60°C for 18 hours. Aqueous ammonium chloride solution (15ml) was added carefully to the cooled solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x30ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate:pentane (20:80) as eluant to afford the title compound, 1g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.80 (s, 6H), 0.88-1.18 (m, 6H), 1.60 (t, 2H), 1.60 (m, 1 H), 170 (m, 4H), 3.64 (m, 2H).
Preparation 21 (3-Bromo-1.1 -dimethylpropyDcvclohexane
Triphenylphosphine (1.8g, 7.1 mmol) was added portionwise to an ice-cooled solution of the alcohol of Preparation 20 (1g, 5.9mmol) and carbon tetrabromide (2.9g, 8.8mmol) in dichloromethane (15ml), and once addition was complete, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was suspended in a mixture of pentane:ethyl acetate (δ:1 , by volume). The resulting precipitate was filtered off through a pad of silica gel and washed with pentane:ethyl acetate (δ:1 , by volume, 300ml). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure, and the product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using pentane as eluant to afford the title compound, 1.1g. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.80 (2xs, 6H), 0.90-1.20 (m, 6H), 1.62 (m, 3H), 17δ (m, 2H), 1.81 (m, 2H), 3.36 (m, 2H).
Preparation 22
4-(2-Bromoethyl)-1.1 -dimethylcvclohexane
A mixture of 2-(4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl)ethanol (W099/69971) (2g, 12.8mmol), concentrated sulphuric acid (7δ0μl) and 48% hydrobromic acid (3ml) was stirred at 90°C for 7 hours. The cooled mixture was then carefully quenched by the addition of water (2δml), and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3x30ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with 2M sodium carbonate solution and brine (30ml), then dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residual black gum was purified by distillation to afford the title compound, 330mg.
Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.82 (2xs, 6H), 1.02-1.20 (m, 4H), 1.3δ (m, 3H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 178 (m, 2H), 3.40 (t, 2H).
Preparation 23 2-rHvdroxyM-propyl-1 --imidazol-4-vπmethyl1-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
A solution of the compound of Preparation 11 (13g, 587mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100ml) was added dropwise to a solution of lithium diisopropylamide (35.3ml, 2M in tetrahydrofuran/heptane/ethylbenzene, 70.5mmol) at -78°C, and the solution was 0 stirred at -78°C for 20 minutes. The aldehyde of Preparation 1 (97δg, 70.δmmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, then stirred for 1.6 hours. Ammonium chloride solution (100ml) was added and the mixture was diluted with water (100ml) and tetrahydrofuran (300ml). The layers were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with tetrahydrofuran (260ml), and δ the combined organic solutions were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0:0 to 0:96:6:0.6) to afford the title compound, 14g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.76 (m, 2H), 3.00 (m, 1 H), 0 3.32-3.43 (m, 1 H), 3.61 -3.81 (m, 6H), 3.98 (m, 1 H), 4.42-4.68 (m, 3H), 4.76 (m, 0.5H), 5.03 (m, 0.5H), 6.81 (m, 3H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 360.0 [MH+]
Preparation 24 5 2-fHvdroxy(1-propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-vhmethvn-4-methyl-3-morpholinone
Lithium diisopropylamide (17.4ml, 2M in heptane/tetrahydrofuran/ethylbenzene, 34.8mmol) was added over 10 minutes to a cooled (-78°C) solution of the compound
of Preparation 10 (3.42g, 29mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100ml), and the resulting solution was stirred for 20 minutes. The aldehyde of Preparation 1 (4.81 g, 34.8mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature, then stirred for 18 hours. Aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20ml) was added, and the mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of pentane:ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (50:50:0:0 to 0:100:0:0 to 0:90:5:5) to afford the title compound as a yellow gum, 5.47g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 2.98 (2xs, 3H), 3.10 (m, 1 H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.80 (m, 3H), 3.98-4.08 (m, 1 H), 4.39, 4.49, 4.86, 4.98, 5.22 (5xm, 2H), 6.88 (s, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 254.2 [MH+]
Preparation 25 2-f(1-Butyl-1 --imidazol-4-vπ(hvdroxy)methyll-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
A solution of the compound of Preparation 11 (3.63g, 16.4mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40ml) was added dropwise over 5 minutes to a solution of lithium diisopropylamide (9.8ml, 2M in tetrahydrofuran/heptane/ethylbenzene, 19.7mmol) at -78°C, and the solution was stirred at -78°C for 30 minutes. The aldehyde of Preparation 2 (3.0g, 197mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, then stirred for 18 hours. The mixture was partitioned between ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate (300ml). The layers were separated, and the organic solution was dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:methanol: (100:0 to 90:10) to afford the title compound, 4.35g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 0.96 (t, 3H), 1.35 (m, 2H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 3.03 (m, 1 H), 3.42 (m, 1 H), 3.66-3.80 (m, 5H), 3.87 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.50 (m, 0.5H), 4.57 (m, 2.5H), 4.83 (m, 0.5H), 5.06 (m, 0.5H), 6.90 (m, 3H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 374.0 [MH+]
Preparation 26 2-rri-(2-Cvclohexylethvπ-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmvdroxy)methvn-4-(4-methoxybenzvh-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a sticky gum in 66% yield from the compound of Preparation 11 and the aldehyde of Preparation 3, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 25. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 0.98 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 4H), 1.58-178 (m, 7H), 3.03 (m, 1 H), 3.38-3.50 (m, 1H), 370-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 1 H), 4.50 (d, 0.5H), 4.58 (m, 2.5H), 4.87 (m, 0.5H), 5.08 (m, 0.5H), 6.82-6.95 (m, 3H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 428.1 [MH+]
Preparation 27 2-(Hvdroxy[1-(2-phenylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 54% yield from the compound of Preparation 11 and the aldehyde of Preparation 4, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 25, except pentane:ethyl acetate:methanol (50:50:0 to 0:100:0 to 0:87:13) was used as the elution gradient. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 3.02 (m, 3H), 3.42 (m, 1 H), 3.74 (m, 4H), 3.95-4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.45 (m, 0.5H), 4.58 (m, 2.5H), 4.81 (m, 0.5H), 5.06 (d, 0.5H), 6.84 (m, 3H), 7.07 (d, 2H), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m, 4H). LRMS: m z (ES+) 422 [MH4]
Preparation 28 2-rHvdroxy(1-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-vπmethyl1-4- 4-methoxybenzvπ-3-morpholinone
A solution of lithium diisopropylamide (88.5ml, 1.5M in cyclohexane, 133mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (100ml) was cooled to -78°C. A solution of the compound of
Preparation 11 (26g, 118mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100ml) was added dropwise, and the solution was stirred for 30 minutes. A solution of the imidazole of Preparation 5 (39.9g, 118mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (350ml) was added dropwise over 1 hour, and once addition was complete, the reaction was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature with stirring, over 3 hours. Saturated ammonium chloride solution (200ml) and water (100ml) were added, the phases were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (100ml). The combined organic solutions were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual orange oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate/methanol, the solution was sonicated, and the resulting white precipitate was filtered off, washed with diethyl ether and dried, to give the title compound, 21 g. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate: methanol (96:4) as eluant to afford additional product, 28g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 2.98 (m, 1 H), 3.35 (m, 1 H), 3.66 (m, 1 H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.96 (m, 1 H), 4.40 (d, 1 H), 4.54 (s, 1 H), 4.60 (d, 1 H), 5.21 (m, 1 H), 679 (m, 3H), 7.08 (m, 6H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 9H), 7.37 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 560.2 [MH+]
Preparation 29 r6ffl-2-rHvdroxyn-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethyll-4-(4-methoxybenzvn-6-methyl-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 62% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 12 and the imidazole of Preparation 5, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 28. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 1.00, 1.06 (2xm, 3H), 2.87-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.80-474 (m, 4H), 4.98-5.21 (m, 1 H), 6.78 (m, 3H), 7.05-7.20 (m, 8H), 7.23-7.40 (m, 10H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 574 [MH+]
Preparation 30 (6S)-2-rHvdroxy(1-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyll-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a yellow foam in 53% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 13 and the imidazole of Preparation 5, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 28. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz)
(mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 1.00, 1.05 (2xm, 3H), 2.85-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.80-3.96 (m, 1 H), 4.39-470 (m, 3H), 4.98-5.20 (m, 1 H), 6.78 (m, 3H), 7.05-
7.20 (m, 8H), 7.25 (m, 9H), 7.39 (m, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 574 [MH+]
Preparation 31 (5 Sϊ-2-rHvd roxy( 1 -trityl- 1 H-i midazol-4-vπ methvM-4-(4-methoxybenzvO-5-meth yl-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 57% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 14 and the imidazole of Preparation 5, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 28. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 1.03- 1.19 (m, 3H), 2.99-4.83 (m, 8H), 5.02-5.38 (m, 2H), 678-6.88 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.21 (m, 8H), 7.22-7.42 (m, 10H).
Preparation 32 (5 ?)-2-fHvdroxy(1-trityl-1 /--imidazol-4-yl)methvn-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a yellow foam in 80% yield from the morpholinone of Preparation 15 and the imidazole of Preparation 5, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 28. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 1.00-1.16 (m, 3H), 3.16-4.94 (m, 8H), 5.00-5.37 (m, 2H), 672-6.83 (m, 3H), 7.04-7.19 (m, 8H), 7.21-7.40 (m, 10H).
Preparation 33 tert-Butyl 2-r2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy1-3-hvdroxy-3-(1 -propyl-1 H-imidazol-4- vDpropanoate
Lithium diisopropylamide (4.3ml, 2M in heptane/tetrahydrofuran/ethylbenzene, 8.6mmol) was added dropwise over 5 minutes to a solution of the amine of Preparation 17 (1.46g, 7.2mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20ml) and the solution was stirred at -78°C for 20 minutes. The aldehyde of Preparation 1 (1.18g, 8.6mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours then allowed to warm to -20°C. Water was added, and the mixture pre-adsorbed onto silica gel. The product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (100:0:0 to 96:2:2) to afford the title compound, 1.36g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 0.88 (m, 3H), 1 .35 (2xs, 9H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 2.42 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (m, 1 H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1 H), 4.17 (m, 1 H), 4.82, 5.00 (m, 1 H), 6.90 (2xs, 1 H), 7.35 (2xs, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 342.2 [MH+]
Preparation 34 tert-Butyl (3S)-3-(1 -tert-butoxycarbonyl-2-hvdroxy-2-(1 -propyl-1 rY-imidazol-4-yl)- ethoxy)pyrrolidine-1 -carboxylate
A solution of the compound of Preparation 18 (5.67g, 18.8mmol) in tetrahydrofuran
(20ml) was added dropwise to a solution of lithium diisopropylamide (11.3ml, 2M in heptane/tetrahydrofuran/ethylbenzene, 22.6mmol) at -78°C, and the solution was stirred at -78°C for 20 minutes. The aldehyde of Preparation 1 (3.12g, 22.6mmol) was added portionwise, and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature then stirred for 18 hours. Ammonium chloride solution (50ml) was added carefully and the mixture was extracted with tetrahydrofuran (2x200ml). The combined organic solutions were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual orange oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0: to 90:10:1) to afford the title compound, 37g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 0.92 (t, 3H), 1.42 (s, 18H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.14 (m, 1 H), 275-3.50 (m, 5H), 3.84 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.81-5.08 (m, 2H), 6.88 (m, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 440 [MH+]
Preparation 35
(2EZ)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-2-f(1-propyl-1 /-/-imidazol-4-yl)methylidene1-3- morpholinone
Triethylamine (9.19ml, 65.9mmol) was added to a solution of the alcohol of Preparation 23 (15.8g, 44.0mmol) in dichloromethane (300ml). The solution was cooled in ice, methanesulphonyl chloride (5.1ml, 65.9mmol) was added, and the solution was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Additional triethylamine (3.06ml, 22mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours then cooled. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (1000ml) and washed with sodium bicarbonate solution (200ml). The aqueous wash was extracted with dichloromethane (400ml), and the combined organic solutions were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0:0 to 0:95:5:0.5 to 0:90:10:1) to afford the title compound, 8.3g. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of
geometric isomers) δ: 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 3.39 (t, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.83 (t, 2H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 7.00 (s, 1 H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 342 [MHl
Preparation 36
( £Z)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-2-[(1-trityl-1 -/-imidazol-4-yl)methylidene1-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 77% yield as a yellow foam from the alcohol of Preparation 28 following the procedure described in Preparation 35. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 3.34 (t, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.00 (t, 2H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1 H), 7.10 (m, 6H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.28 (m, 10H), 7.39 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 542 [MH+]
Preparation 37 (2EZ.6 ?)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-2-r(1-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methylidene1-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 57% yield as a pale yellow foam, from the alcohol of Preparation 29, following the procedure described in Preparation 35. 1H- NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 1.02 (d, 3H), 3.08 (dd, 1 H), 3.20 (dd, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.10 (m, 1 H), 4.50 (d, 1 H), 4.60 (d, 1 H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.99 (s, 1 H), 7.14 (m, 8H), 7.28 (m, 10H), 7.38 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 556 [MH+]
Preparation 38 (2EZ.6S)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-2-f(1-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methylidene1-3- morpholinone
Methanesulphonyl chloride (911μl, 1178mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of the alcohol of Preparation 30 (4.5g, 7.85mmol) in dichloromethane (40ml) and triethylamine (1.64ml, 1178mmol), and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Additional triethylamine (546μl, 3.93mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane (50ml) and water (50ml) and the layers were separated. The organic phase was dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residual orange oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 98:2:0.2) to afford the title compound as a yellow foam, 2.5g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 1.02 (d, 3H), 3.05 (m, 1 H), 3.20 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.63 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.12 (m, 8H), 7.27 (m, 10H), 7.38 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 556 [MH+]
Preparation 39 (2EZ.5S)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-2-r(1-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methylidene1-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 28% yield from the alcohol of Preparation 31 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 38. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 1.22 (d, 3H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.81 (d, 1 H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 5.28 (d, 1 H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1 H), 7.10-7.19 (m, 9H), 7.28 (m, 9H), 7.40 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 40 (.?EZ.5r?)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-2-r(1-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methylidenel-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 27% yield from the alcohol of Preparation 32 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 38. 1 H-NMR (CDC ,
400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 1.25 (d, 3H), 3.41 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H),
3.83 (dd, 1 H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 5.30 (d, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1 H), 7.18 (m, 9H), 7.32 (m, 9H), 7.41 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 41 (■?EZ)-2-r(1-Butyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methylidene1-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
Triethylamine (178ml, 12.8mmol) was added to a solution of the alcohol of
Preparation 25 (4.34g, 11.6mmol) in dichloromethane (50ml). The solution was cooled in ice and methanesulphonyl chloride (990μl, 12.8mmol) was added. The solution was stirred for 30 minutes, additional triethylamine (1.78ml, 12.8mmol) added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:ethyl acetate:methanol (100:0:0 to 0:90:10) to afford the title compound as a sticky gum, 1.12g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 0.95 (t, 3H), 1.34 (m, 2H), 178 (m, 2H), 3.42 (t, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.94 (t, 2H), 4.19 (t, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1 H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 356.2 [MH+]
Preparation 42 (2EZ)-2-(ri-(2-Cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethylidene)-4-(4-methoxybenzvh-
3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a sticky gum in 57% yield from the alcohol of Preparation 26 following the procedure described in Preparation 41. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 0.94 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 4H), 1.64 (m, 7H), 3.40 (t, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.90 (t, 2H), 4.17 (t, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1 H), 7.40 (s, 1H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 410.1 [MH+]
Preparation 43 (2EZ)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-2-(π-(2-phenylethvh-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethylidene)-3- morpholinone
Triethylamine (0.98ml, 7.03mmol) was added to a solution of the alcohol of Preparation 27 (1.41 g, 3.35mmol) in dichloromethane (15ml). The solution was cooled in ice, methanesulphonyl chloride (311μl, 4.02mmol) was added, and the mixture was warmed to 40°C and stirred for 18 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
using an elution gradient of pentane:ethyl acetate: methanol (75:25:0 to 0:100:0 to 0:95:5) to afford the title compound as an orange oil, 449mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 3.03 (t, 2H), 3.42 (t, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.18 (m, 4H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1 H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.25 (m, 7H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 404 [MH+]
Preparation 44 tert-Butyl (2EZ)-2-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy1-3-(1 -propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)-2- propenoate
Methanesulphonyl chloride (340μl, 4.4mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of the alcohol of Preparation 33 (1.36g, 4.0mmol) and triethylamine (616μl, 4.4mmol) in dichloromethane (20ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, additional triethylamine (616μl, 4.4mmol) was added, and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so the solution was heated to reflux and stirred for a further 3 hours. The cooled mixture was pre-adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:diethylamine:methanol (100:0:0 to 96:2:2) to afford the title compound, 650mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 0.98 (t, 3H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 1.84 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 6H), 2.65 (t, 2H), 3.94 (t, 2H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 7.08 (s, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 324.2 [MH+]
Preparation 45 tert-Butyl (3S)-3-{\(EZ-l -(tert-butoxycarbonvh-2-(1 -propyl-1 H-imidazol-4- yl)ethenylloxy)pyrrolidine-1 -carboxylate
The title compound was obtained as an orange oil in 36% yield from the alcohol of Preparation 34 following the procedure described in Preparation 44. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 0.93 (t, 3H), 1.35-1.56 (m, 18H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, 1 H), 2.17 (m, 1 H), 3.26-3.66 (m, 4H), 3.86 (m, 2H), 5.15 (m, 1 H), 7.06, 7.15 (2xs, 1 H), 7.35, 7.39 (2xs, 1 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 422 [MH+]
Preparation 46 (2EZ)-4-Methyl-2-[(1-propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methylidenel-3-morpholinone
Triethylamine (3.32ml, 23.8mmol) was added to a solution of the alcohol of
Preparation 24 (5.47g, 21.6mmol) in dichloromethane (80ml), and the solution was cooled in ice. A solution of methanesulphonyl chloride (1.84ml, 23.8mmol) in dichloromethane (3ml) was added over 5 minutes, and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (15ml), triethylamine (3.32ml, 23.8mmol) was added, and the solution was heated at reflux and stirred for 20 minutes. The cooled solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in methanol (100ml) then adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (100:0:0 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound,
2.5g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 0.98 (t, 3H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, 2H), 3.90 (t, 2H), 4.26 (t, 2H), 7.00 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (s, 1 H), 7.45 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 236.2 [MH+]
Preparation 47 -(2S)-4-(4-Methoxybenzvπ-2-[(1-propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl1-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the alkene of Preparation 35 (8.3g, 24.3mmol) and 10% Pd/C (Degussa® 101) (800mg) in ethanol (240ml) was hydrogenated at 10Opsi (690kPa) and 50°C for 18 hours, then cooled and filtered through Arbocel®. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to give an orange oil. This product was purified by column chromatography on a Chiralcel® OJ column, using hexane: isopropyl alcoho diethylamine (70:30:0.5) as eluant, to afford enantiomer 1 , 1.65g, followed by enantiomer 2, the title compound, 1.54g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.92 (t, 3H), 178 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.74 (m, 1 H), 3.79 (m, 5H), 3.98 (m, 1 H), 4.52 (m, 3H), 6.72 (s, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 344 [MH4]. [α]D = -66.10, (c = 0.368, methanol)
Preparation 48 (2RS)-2-f(1-Butyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methvn-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the alkene of Preparation 41 (2.5g, 6.96mmol) and 10% Pd/C (Degussa® 101) (250mg) in ethanol (100ml) was hydrogenated at 50°C and 60 psi (41 OkPa) for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was filtered through Arbocel® and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound as an oil, 2.44g. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.95 (t, 3H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 173 (m, 2H), 3.04 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.73 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.82 (t, 2H), 3.98 (m,
1 H), 4.45-4.60 (m, 3H), 6.74 (s, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 358.2 [MHl
Preparations 49 to 50 The compounds of the following general formula
were prepared from the appropriate alkene (Preparations 42 and 43), following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 48.
1 = purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate: methanol (100:0 to 90:10)
Preparation 51 (2RS)-4-Methyl-2-r(1-propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-vπmethvn-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the alkene of Preparation 46 (2.5g, 1.Oδmmol) and 10% Pd/C (Degussa® 101) (250mg) in ethanol (50ml) was hydrogenated at 50°C and 60 psi (41 OkPa) for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was filtered through Arbocel® and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (100:0:0 to 96.5:175:175) to afford the title compound as a colourless oil, 2.08g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.95 (t, 3H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 3.00 (m, 4H), 3.18 (m, 1 H), 3.37 (m, 1 H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.82 (m, 3H), 4.03 (m, 1 H), 4.46 (dd, 1 H), 6.78 (s, 1 H), 7.39 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 238 [MH+]
Preparation 52 (2RS)-2-[(1 H-lmidazol-4-yl)methvn-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the protected imidazole of Preparation 36 (25g, 46mmol) and Pd/C Degussa® 101 catalyst (2.5g) in ethanol (500ml) was hydrogenated at 50°C and 60 psi (410kPa) for 18 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so the mixture was filtered through Arbocel® and the filtrate was hydrogenated using fresh catalyst (2.5g) in ethanol (500ml) at 50°C and 60 psi (410kPa) for a further 18 hours. The mixture was filtered through Arbocel® and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound as a white foam, 9g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.01 (m, 1 H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.70 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.97 (dd, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 1 H), 4.50 (dd, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 7.02 (d, 2H),
7.46 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 302 [MH+]
Preparation 53 -(2S)-2-r(1 H-lmidazol-4-yl)methyll-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone and
Preparation 54 (+)-(2R)-2-r(1 H-lmidazol-4-yl)methyll-4-(4-methoxybenzvh-3-morpholinone
The racemic compound of Preparation 52 was further purified by HPLC using a Chiralpak® OD column, and hexane:isopropyl alcohol (80:20) as eluant to afford the title compound of preparation 53, >99%ee. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.01 (m, 1 H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.70 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.97 (dd, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 1 H), 4.50 (dd, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 7.46 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 324 [MNa4]. [α]D = -529.3 (c = 0.05, methanol). Further elution gave the title compound of preparation 54, >99%ee. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.01 (m, 1 H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.66-379 (m, 4H), 3.97 (dd, 1 H), 4.32 (t, 1 H), 4.50 (dd, 2H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 7.02 (d, 2H), 7.46 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 324 [MNa÷]
Preparation 55a (2S.6 ?)-2-f(1 H-lmidazol-4-yl)methvn-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone and
Preparation 55b (2f?.6 ?)-2-r(1 H-lmidazol-4-yl)methyl1-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the alkene of Preparation 154 (41 g, 131 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (Degussa type 101) (8g) in ethanol (500ml) was hydrogenated at 50 psi (345kPa) and 60°C for 24 hours. The mixture was filtered through Arbocel®, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped
with dichloromethane. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a Biotage column, eluting with a solvent gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (97.5:2.5:0.1 to 90:10:1). The higher running, major product was repurified by column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (95:5:0.25) to afford the title compound of preparation 55a as a white foam. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.19 (d, 3H), 2.97- 3.22 (m, 4H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.84 (m, 1 H), 4.32 (t, 1 H), 4.40 (d, 1 H), 4.50 (d, 1 H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.46 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES') 314 [M-H]" The lower running, minor product was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel using ether:methanol:0.88 ammonia (90:10:1) as eluant and the product was azeotroped with dichloromethane to afford the title compound of preparation 55b as a white foam, 220mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.19 (d, 3H), 2.97-3.22 (m, 4H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.84 (m, 1 H), 4.32 (t, 1 H), 4.40 (d, 1 H), 4.50 (d, 1 H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.46 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 56 ( fl.6S)-2-[(1 r -lmidazol-4-yl)methyl1-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 20% yield from the protected alkene of Preparation 38 following the procedure described in 52. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.19 (d, 3H), 2.99 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.83 (m, 1 H), 4.30 (m, 1 H), 4.44 (dd, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1 H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.45 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 316 [MH]+
Preparation 57
(2S.5S)-2-f(1 H-lmidazol-4-yl)methvn-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 47% yield from the protected alkene of Preparation 39 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 52. 1H- NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (-3:1 mixture of depicted C-2 stereoisomer) δ: 1.15 (d, 3H), 3.22 (m, 3H), 3.48, 370-4.00 (2xm, 6H), 4.38 (m, 1 H), 5.18-5.37 (m, 1H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 6.98 (m, 1 H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.62 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES') 314 [M-H"]
Preparation 58 (2R.5ffl-2-r(1 H-lmidazol-4-vπmethyll-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 67% yield from the protected imidazole of
Preparation 40 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 52. 1H- NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (-3:1 mixture of depicted C-2 stereoisomer) δ: 1.16 (d, 3H), 3.22 (m, 3H), 3.46, 370-3.98 (2xm, 6H), 4.35, 4.39 (2xm, 1 H), 5.20, 5.30 (2xd, 1 H), 6.82, 6.94 (2xm, 3H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.53 (2xs, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES") 314 [M-H"]
Preparation 59 (2RS)-((1-r2-(4-Bromophenvπethyll-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3- morpholinone
Sodium hydride (836mg, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 20.9mmol) was added portionwise to an ice-cooled solution of the imidazole of Preparation 52 (5g, 19.9mol) in tetrahydrofuran (100ml), and the solution was stirred for 15 minutes. 4- Bromophenylethyl methanesulphonate (Bioorg. Med. Chem. 1996; 4(5); 645) (6.1g, 21.9mmol) was then added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction was quenched with water (50ml), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x100ml). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS0 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound, 4.4g. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 2.97 (t, 2H), 3.04 (m, 2H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.97 (m, 1 H), 4.03 (t, 2H), 4.45 (m, 1 H), 4.54 (dd, 2H), 6.62 (s, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 7.39 (d, 2H).
Preparation 60 (-)-(2S)-2-([1-(2-Cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethyll-4-(4-methoxybenzv -3-
A mixture of the compound of Preparation 53 (400mg, 1.32mmol), cesium carbonate
(472mg, 1.45mmol), and 2-cyclohexylethyl bromide (227μl, 1.45mmol) in N,N- dimethylformamide (4ml) was stirred at 80°C for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (250ml) and water (100ml), and the layers were separated. The organic phase washed with water (3x100ml), dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified twice by column chromatography on silica gel using first an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0 to 95:5:0.5), then using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:diethylamine (100:0 to 95:5), to afford the title compound, as a colourless gum, 191 mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.90 (m, 2H), 1.04-1.24 (m, 4H), 1.60 (m, 7H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.81 (t, 2H), 3.97 (m, 1 H), 4.42-4.58 (m, 3H), 6.68 (s, 1 H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 412 [MH+]. [α]D = -50.37, (c = 0.112 in methanol)
Preparation 61 (2/?.6S)-2-([1-(2-Cvclohexylethvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-4-(4-methoxybenzvn-6- methyl-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the compound of Preparation 56 (200mg, 0.635mmol), cesium carbonate (248mg, 0762mmol) and 2-cyclohexylethyl bromide (109μl, 070mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (8ml) was stirred at 70°C for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (10ml) and water (10ml), and the layers were separated. The organic phase washed with water (2x20ml) and brine (20ml), then dried (MgSO ) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 98:2:0.2) to afford the title compound as a colourless gum, 120mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.90 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 7H), 1.62 (m, 7H), 2.94-3.08 (m, 3H), 3.32 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.80 (m, 3H), 4.43 (m, 3H), 6.66 (s, 1 H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 426 [MHl
Preparation 62 (2S.6 7)-2-(f1-f2-Cvclohexylethvh-1 ry-imidazol-4-vnmethyl)-4-(4-methoxybenzvn-6- methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a colourless oil in 38% yield from the imidazole of Preparation 55 and 2-cyclohexylethyl bromide following the procedure described in Preparation 61. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.90 (m, 2H), 1.17 (m, 7H), 1.61 (m, 7H), 2.94-3.08 (m, 3H), 3.32 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.81 (m, 3H), 4.43 (m, 3H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 448 [MNa+]
Preparation 63 f2S.5^-2-fπ-(2-Cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-4-(4-methoxybenzvπ-5- methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 21% yield from the imidazole of Preparation 57 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 61 , except that ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (98:1 :1) was used as the column eluant. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of C-2 diastereoisomers) δ: 0.98 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 7H), 1.68 (m, 7H), 3.05-3.98 (m, 11 H), 4.50 (m, 1 H), 5.22-5.40 (m, 1 H), 6.76, 6.84 (s and m, 3H), 7.14, 7.20 (2xd, 2H), 7.39 (m, 1H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 426 [MH+]
Preparation 64 (2R.5fl)-2-f[1-(2-Cvclohexylethvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyll-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5- methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 40% yield from the imidazole of Preparation 58 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 61. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of C-2 diastereoisomers) δ: 0.90 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 7H), 1.63 (m, 7H), 3.01-3.33 (m, 3H), 3.61 -3.90 (m, 8H), 4.42 (m, 1 H), 5.22 (m, 1 H), 6.72 (s, 1 H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 426 [MH
Preparation 65
(2S.6f?)-2-(ri-(3-Cvclohexyl-3-methylbutvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-4-(4- methoxybenzv0-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the bromide of Preparation 21 (420mg, 1.8mmol), the imidazole of Preparation 55 (470mg, 1.5mmol) and cesium carbonate (586mg, 1.8mmol) in N,N- dimethylformamide (5ml) was stirred at 70°C for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between ethyl acetate (20ml) and water (20ml) and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x15ml), and the combined organic solutions were washed with brine (15ml), dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using a Biotage® silica column and toluene:diethylamine (99:1 to 85:15) as eluant to afford the title compound, 60mg. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.82 (s, 6H), 0.90-1.10 (m, 8H), 1.63 (m, 3H), 1.78 (m, 5H), 2.94-3.06 (m, 3H), 3.30 (dd, 1 H), 3.79 (m, 6H), 4.40-4.55 (m, 3H), 6.68 (s, 1 H), 6.80 (d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 468 [MH+]
Preparation 66
(2S.6fi)-2-((1-r2-(4.4-Dimethylcvclohexyl)ethvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)-4-(4- methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 10% yield from the bromide of Preparation 22 and the imidazole of Preparation 55 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 65. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.84 (2xs, 6H), 1.16 (m, 8H), 1.37 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 2.97-3.10 (m, 3H), 3.35 (dd, 1 H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.85
(m, 3H), 4.48 (m, 3H), 6.70 (s, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 454 [MH+]
Preparation 67
(2RS)-2-((1-r( EZl-3-Bromo-2-propenvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl}methvn-4-(4- methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
Sodium hydride (133mg, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 3.32mmol) was added to an ice-cooled solution of the morpholinone of Preparation 52 (1g, 3.32mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10ml). 1 ,3-Dibromo-1 -propene (mixture of cis and trans) (332μl, 3.32mmol) was added dropwise over 5 minutes then the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was partitioned between water (50ml) and ethyl acetate (50ml), and the phases were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (10ml), and the combined organic solutions were dried (Na2SO ) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2) as eluant to afford the title compound as a colourless oil, 1.1g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.96 (m, 1 H), 4.40 (d, 1 H), 4.42-4.55 (m, 3H), 4.60 (m, 1 H), 6.22 (m, 1 H), 6.70 (2xs, 1 H), 6.80 (m, 3H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.38 (2xs, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 420, 422 [MHl
Preparation 68 (2RS)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-2-r(1 -phenyl-1 --imidazol-4-yl)methvn-3-morpholinone
4A Molecular sieves, copper (II) acetate (452mg, 2.49mmol) and benzeneboronic acid (405mg, 3.32mmol) were added to a solution of the imidazole of Preparation 52
(500mg, 1.66mmol) and pyridine (269μl, 3.32mmol)in dichloromethane (20ml), and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Compressed air was then bubbled through the solution for 10 hours. The solvent was retained by using a "cold finger". The solution was then stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for a further 18 hours. A solution of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (800mg) in saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (35ml) was added and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes, then extracted with dichloromethane (70ml). The aqueous phase was further was extracted with dichloromethane (20ml) and the combined organic solutions were washed with water (10ml), dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residual black solid was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2 to 97:3:0.3) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil, 175mg. 1H- NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.02 (m, 1 H), 3.18 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 370-379 (m, 4H), 3.99 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (d, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.60 (d, 1H), 6.77 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 7.32 (m, 3H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.78 (bs, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 400 [MNa+]
Preparation 69 (2RS)-2-(ri-(2-methylphenyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyll-4-(4-Methoxybenzvn-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 16% yield from the imidazole of Preparation 52 and 2-methylbenzeneboronic acid following the procedure described in Preparation 68. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 2.15 (s, 3H), 3.02 (m, 1 H), 3.18 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.77 (m, 4H), 3.98 (m, 1 H), 4.54 (m, 3H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.85 (bs, 1H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.21 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.45 (bs, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 470.2 [MH+]
Preparation 70 (2RS)-2-iπ-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-4-(4-Methoxybenzvn-3- morpholinone
4A Molecular sieves (50mg), copper (II) acetate (174mg, 0.96mmol) and 3- phenoxyphenylboronic acid (J. Chem. Soc. 1970; 488) (350mg, 1.6mmol) were added to a solution of the imidazole of Preparation 52 (240mg, 0.8mmol) and pyridine (130μl, 1.6mmol) in dichloromethane (2ml). Compressed air was then bubbled through the solution, maintained at 20-25°C using a water bath, for 7 hours, and the solvent was retained by using a "cold finger". The solution was then stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for a further 18 hours. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane (80ml) and a solution of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid tetrasodium salt (1g) in saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (30ml) and the phases were separated. The organic layer was dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:diethylamine (100:0 to 95:5). The product was further purified by column chromatography using a Biotage® silica gel column, and an elution gradient of toluene:diethylamine (100:0 to 88:12) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow gum, 120mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.01 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, 1H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, 4H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 4.45 (d, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1 H), 4.58 (d, 1H), 6.77 (d, 2H), 6.90 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.18 (m, 7H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 7.75 (s, 1 H). LRMS m/z (TSP+) 470.2 [MK*]
Preparations 71 to 73 The following compounds of general structure
were prepared from the morpholinone of Preparation 52 and the appropriate boronic
acids, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 70.
Preparations 74 to 76 The following compounds of general structure
were prepared from the morpholinone of Preparation 53 and the appropriate boronic acids, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 70.
Preparations 77 to 80 The following compounds of general structure
were prepared from the morpholinone of Preparation 55 and the appropriate boronic acids, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 70.
h h lb i id (JCh S
Preparation 81 r2S.6 ?)-2-(ri-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-4-(4-methoxybenzvh-6- methyl-3-morpholinone
CH' "3
A mixture of copper (II) acetate (398mg, 2.2mmol), 4-cyclohexylbenzeneboronic acid (980mg, 4.8mmol), the imidazole of Preparation 55 (790mg, 2.4mmol) and pyridine (390μl, 4.8mmol) in dichloromethane (20ml) was stirred at room temperature while compressed air was bubbled through the solution for 8 hours, and the solvent was retained by using a "cold finger". The solution was then stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for a further 18 hours. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane (200ml) and water (200ml) containing ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid tetrasodium salt (1g) and aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (35ml) and the layers were separated. The organic phase was dried (MgS0 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using a Biotage® silica gel column and an elution gradient of toluene:diethylamine (95:5 to 92:8) to afford the title compound, 140mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3) 400MHz) δ: 1.15-1.47 (m, 9H), 172-1.94 (m, 4H), 2.55 (m, 1 H), 2.99 (dd, 1 H), 3.03-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.39 (dd, 1 H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 7.02-7.19 (m, 5H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.74 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 474 [MH+]
Preparation 82 4-(Cvclohexyloxy)phenylboronic acid
A solution of 4-(cyclohexyloxy)phenylbromide (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978; 3559) in tetrahydrofuran (40ml) was degassed then cooled to -78°C. n-Butyl lithium
(13.47ml, 1.45M in hexanes, 19.5mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Triisopropyl borate (5.01 ml, 26.6mmol) was added dropwise
over 10 minutes, and the mixture was allowed to warm slowly, with stirring, to room temperature, then poured into sodium hydroxide solution (0.25M, 300ml). This mixture was stirred for 15 minutes then extracted with diethyl ether (2x150ml). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 1 using concentrated hydrochloric acid and extracted with dichloromethane (2x150ml). These combined organic extracts were dried (MgS0 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a white solid, 3.1 g. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.88-1.62 (m, 7H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 4.39 (m, 1 H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 8.17 (d, 2H).
Preparation 83
(2S.6/?)-2- i-[4-(Cvclohexyloxy)phenyl1-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)-4-(4- methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 41% yield from the imidazole of Preparation 55 and the boronic acid of Preparation 82 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 81. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.19 (d, 3H), 1.38 (m, 3H), 1.57 (m, 3H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.99 (dd, 1 H), 3.04-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.39 (dd, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.88 (m, 1 H), 4.22 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (m, 1 H), 4.60 (d, 1 H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1 H), 7.10-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.65 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 490 [MH+]
Preparation 84
(2RS)2-(M -f4'-Chlorof 1.1 '-biphenyll-3-vn-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-4-(4- methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the bromide of Preparation 73 (200mg, 0.44mmol), 4-chlorophenyl- boronic acid (207mg, 1.32mmol), lithium chloride (56mg, 1.32mmol), cesium carbonate (433mg, 1.32mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (51 mg, 0.044mmol) in water (2ml) and tetrahydrofuran (5ml) was stirred at 75°C for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and 2M sodium carbonate solution containing 6% v/v 0.88 ammonia. The organic phase was separated, dried (MgS0 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of toluene:diethylamine (95:5 to 93:7) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil, 150mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.05 (m, 1 H), 3.20 (dd, 1 H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.48 (d, 1 H), 4.58 (dd, 1 H), 4.62 (d, 1 H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 7.14 (d, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 7.35-7.59 (m, 8H), 7.82 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 85 (2S.6f?)-2-(M -O'-ChloroM .1 '-biphenyll-3-yl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethyl)-4-(4- methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a white solid in 63% yield from the bromide of
Preparation 77 and 3-chlorobenzeneboronic acid following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 84. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.20 (d, 3H), 3.00 (dd, 1 H), 3.07-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.41 (dd, 1 H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m, 1 H), 4.44 (d, 1 H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 7.13 (d, 2H), 7.20-7.58 (m, 9H), 7.82 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 502, 504 [MHl
Preparation 86 (2RS)-2-(M -(3'.4'-Dichloroπ .1 '-biphenyll-3-vh-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-4-(4- methoxybenzyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the bromide of Preparation 73 (200mg, 0.44mmol), 3,4-dichloro- benzeneboronic acid (102mg, 0.53mmol), lithium chloride (56mg, 1.32mmol), cesium carbonate (433mg, 1.32mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (26mg, 0.022mmol) in water (2ml) and tetrahydrofuran (5ml), was stirred at 75°C for 2.5 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional 3,4- dichlorobenzeneboronic acid (204mg, 1.Oβmmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) (26mg, 0.022mmol) were added and the mixture was heated for a further 18 hours at reflux. The cooled mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and 2M sodium carbonate solution containing 6% v/v 0.88 ammonia. The organic phase was separated, dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of toluene:diethylamine (95:5 to 93:7) to afford the title compound as a crystalline solid, 165mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.06 (m, 1 H), 3.20 (dd, 1 H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 4H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.48 (d, 1 H), 4.58 (m, 1 H), 4.62 (d, 1 H), 6.58 (2xs, 2H), 7.18 (m, 3H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.52 (m, 4H), 7.65 (s, 1 H), 7.82 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 522, 524 [MH+]
Preparation 87
(2S.6r7)-2-(M - 3'.4'-Dichloroπ ,1 '-biphenvn-3-vπ-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-4- 4- methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the bromide of Preparation 77 (200mg, 0.425mmol), 3,4-dichloro- benzeneboronic acid (243mg, 1.27mmol), lithium chloride (54mg, 1.27mmol), cesium carbonate (416mg, 1.32mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (23mg, 0.02mmol) in water (2ml) and tetrahydrofuran (5ml) was stirred at 75°C for 3 hours. The cooled mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100ml) and water (50ml). The organic phase was separated, dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of pentane:ethyl acetate: methanol (50:50:0 to 0:100:0 to 0:95:5) to give a white foam. This was further purified by column chromatography using a Biotage® silica gel column, and an elution gradient of ethyl acetate: methanol (100:0 to 93:7) to afford the title compound as a white foam, 140mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3,
400MHz) δ: 1.20 (d, 3H), 3.00-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.40 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (m, 1 H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 7.13 (d, 2H), 7.19 (s, 1 H), 7.38 (m, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 1 H), 7.50 (m, 4H), 7.65 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 536, 538 [MHl
Preparation 88 (2S)-2-f(1 -Propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl1-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (4.55g, 8.30mmol) was added to a solution of the compound of Preparation 47 (1.43g, 4.15mmol) in acetonitrile (9ml) and water (9ml)
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in methanol. This solution was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (95:5:0.5 to 90:10:1) to afford an orange oil. This was further purified by column chromatography on Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion exchange resin, using an elution gradient of water:0.88 ammonia (100:0 to 98:2) to afford the title compound, 522mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.88 (t, 3H), 175 (m, 2H), 3.00 (dd, 1 H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 1 H), 3.74 (m, 1 H), 3.79 (t, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 4.43 (dd, 1 H), 5.94 (bs, 1 H), 6.73 (s, 1 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 224 [MH4]
Preparation 89 (2RS)-2-f(1 -Butyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl1-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (57g, 10.4mmol) was added to a solution of the compound of Preparation 48 (1.87g, 5.2mmol) in acetonitrile (50ml) and water (50ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified using a Dowex® 50WX8-200 ion-exchange column and 5% 0.88 ammonia as eluant. This product was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0 to 90:10:1) to afford the title compound, 300mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.96 (t, 3H), 1.34 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 3.02 (dd, 1 H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.82 (t, 2H), 4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.48 (dd, 1 H), 5.98 (bs, 1 H), 6.77 (s, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 238 [MHl
Preparation 90 (2RS)-2-(π- 2-Cvclohexylethvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (1.1g, 2.0mmol) was added to a solution of the compound of Preparation 49 (411 mg, 1.Ommol) in acetonitrile (5ml) and water (5ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was pre-adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0:0 to 75:0:25:0 to 0:90:10:1). The product was further purified by column chromatography on reverse phase polystyrene gel, using an elution gradient of water:methanol (100:0 to 0:100) to afford the title compound, 522mg. Η-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.01 (m, 2H), 1.24 (m, 4H), 176 (m, 7H), 3.22 (m, 3H), 3.40 (m, 1 H), 3.80 (m, 1 H), 4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1 H), 7.43 (s, 1 H), 8.85 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 292.2 [MH^
Preparation 91 (2 ?.6S)-2-([1-(2-Cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl -6-methyl-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (387mg, 0758mmol) was added to a solution of the compound of Preparation 61 (120mg, 0.283mmol) in acetonitrile (8ml) and water (5ml) and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was pre-adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound as a colourless oil, 66mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.92 (m, 2H),
1.18 (m, 7H), 1.62 (m, 7H), 2.98 (dd, 1 H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.23 (dd, 1 H), 3.83 (m, 3H), 4.41 (m, 1 H), 6.19 (bs, 1 H), 6.70 (s, 1 H), 7.30 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 328 [MNa÷]
Preparation 92 (2S.6r?)-2-(π-(2-Cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a pale yellow solid in 63% yield from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 62 following the procedure described in Preparation 91. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.92 (m, 2H), 1.18 (m, 7H), 1.62 (m, 7H), 2.98 (dd, 1 H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.23 (dd, 1 H), 3.83 (m, 3H), 4.41 (m, 1 H), 6.03 (bs, 1 H), 6.70 (s, 1 H), 7.34 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 328 [MNa+]
Preparation 93 (2S.6 ?)-2-(f1-[2-(4.4-Dimethylcvclohexyl)ethvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)-6-methyl-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 53% yield from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 66 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 91 , except that ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (99:0.5:0.5 to 95:2.5:2.5) was used as the column eluant. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.82 (2xs, 6H), 1.10 (d, 3H), 1.18-1.38 (m, 8H), 1.48 (m, 1 H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 1 H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.23 (dd, 1 H), 3.84 (m, 3H), 4.41 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (bs, 1 H), 7.21 (s, 1 H), 7.34 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 334 [MH
Preparation 94
^S.effl^-lfl-O-Cvclohexyl-S-methylbutvD-l fy-imidazol^-vnmethvD-δ-methyl-S-
morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 52% yield from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 65 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 91 , except that dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 93:7:07) was used as the column eluant. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 0.86 (s, 6H), 1.00 (m, 2H), 1.03-1.28 (m, 7H), 1.70 (m, 7H), 2.90 (m, 1 H), 3.03 (m, 1 H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 4.36 (m, 1 H), 5.42 (s, 1 H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 348 [MH+]
Preparation 95 (2S.5S)-2-(ri-(2-Cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethyl)-5-methyl-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the protected morpholinone of Preparation 63 (170mg, 0.4mmol) and ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (550mg, 1.Ommol) in water (1 ml) and acetonitrile (1 ml) was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography using a Biotage® silica gel column and an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:diethylamine (95:5 to 80:20) to afford the title compound, 18mg. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.97 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 7H), 1.66 (m, 7H), 3.06 (dd, 1 H), 3.25 (dd, 1 H), 3.58 (m, 1 H), 3.65 (dd, 1 H), 3.83 (m, 3H), 4.43 (dd, 1 H), 6.15 (bs, 1 H), 6.78 (s, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 96 f2ff.5f?)-2-(f1-(2-Cvclohexylethvn-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethyl)-5-methyl-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 34% from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 64 following the procedure described in Preparation 95. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 078-0.98 (m, 2H), 1.03-1.22 (m, 7H), 1.62 (m, 7H), 3.02 (m, 1 H), 3.18 (dd, 1 H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 3.61 (dd, 1 H), 3.77 (dd, 1 H), 3.82 (t, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1 H), 6.24 (bs, 1 H), 6.73 (s, 1 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 97
(2RS)-2-(π-(2-Phenylethyl)-1 ry-imidazol-4-vπmethyl)-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (883mg, 1.6mmol) was added to a solution of the compound of Preparation 50 (326mg, 0.81 mmol) in acetonitrile (2.4ml) and water (2.4ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 days, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol and adsorbed onto silica gel, then purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0 to 90:10:1) to afford the title compound as an orange oil, 97mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3) 400MHz) δ: 3.02 (m, 3H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.43 (dd, 1 H), 5.99 (bs, 1 H), 6.70 (s, 1 H), 7.05 (d, 2H), 7.24 (m, 4H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 286 [MH4]
Preparation 98 2RS)-2-((1-r2-(4-Bromophenyl)ethvn-1H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-3-morpholinone
A solution of ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (1.35g, 2.48mmol) in water (5ml) was added to a solution of the bromide of Preparation 59 (600mg, 1.24mmol) in acetonitrile (10ml) and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (308mg, 0.56mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for a further 2 hours. The cooled mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound, 250mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 2.98 (t, 2H), 3.03 (m, 1 H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 5.99 (bs, 1 H), 6.65 (s, 1 H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1 H), 7.40 (d, 2H).
Preparations 99 to 101 The following compounds of general structure
were prepared from the corresponding protected morpholinones following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 98.
eluant
Preparation 102 (2RS)-2-([1-(3-Phenoxyphenyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-3-morpholinone
A solution of ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (350mg, 063mmol) in water (2ml) was added to a solution of the protected morpholine of Preparation (120mg, 0.256mmol) in acetonitrile (2ml), and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate
(500mg, 0.91 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for a further 8 hours. The mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (50ml) and a solution of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (1g) in saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50ml). The phases were separated and the organic layer was dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (100:0:0 to 96:2:2) to afford the title compound, 25mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.05 (dd, 1 H), 3.21-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.48 (dd, 1 H), 6.15 (bs, 1 H), 6.90 (d, 1 H), 6.98 (s, 1 H), 7.02 (m, 3H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 7.74 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 350.0 [MH+]
Preparation 103 (2RS)-2-(π-(2-Naphthyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethyl)-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a yellow gum in 56% yield from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 72, following a similar procedure to that described in
Preparation 102, except that dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0 to
90:10:1) was used as the column eluant. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.15 (dd, 1 H), 3.23 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (dd, 1 H), 3.58 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.53 (dd,
1 H), 6.01 (bs, 1 H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 775-7.94 (m, 4H). LRMS: m/z (ES+)
308 [MH+]
Preparation 104 (-H2S)-2-!M -Phenyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (1.43g, 2.61 mmol) was added to a solution of the
protected morpholinone of Preparation 74 (330mg, 0.87mmol) in water (2ml) and acetonitrile (2ml), and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 4 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (1.43g, 2.61 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for a further 2 hours. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane (200ml) and a solution of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (1g) in saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50ml). The phases were separated and the organic layer was dried (MgSO4) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (100:0:0 to 96:2:2). The product was azeotroped with toluene and dichloromethane to afford the title compound as an oil, 173mg. Η- NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.14 (dd, 1 H), 3.28 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (dd, 1 H), 3.58 (m, 1 H), 3.80 (m, 1 H), 4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.56 (dd, 1 H), 5.98 (bs, 1 H), 7.17 (s, 1 H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 779 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 258.1 [MH+] [α]D = -70.59, (c = 0.104, methanol)
Preparation 105 (2S)-2-(ri-(4-tet -Butylphenyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethyl)-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (297mg, 0.55mmol) was added to a solution of the protected morpholinone of Preparation 75 (94mg, 0.22mmol) in water (2ml) and acetonitrile (2ml), and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 15 hours. Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (0.5g) in saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (5ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2x50ml). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (98:1 :1 to 94:3:3), to afford the title compound as an oil, 22mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.37 (s, 9H), 3.12 (dd, 1 H), 3.26 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (dd, 1 H), 3.58 (m, 1 H), 3.79 (m, 1 H), 4.04 (m, 1 H), 4.55 (m, 1 H), 6.22 (bs, 1 H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1 H).
LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 314.1 [MH+]
Preparation 106 (-)-(2S)-2- i-[3.5-Bisαrifluoromethvnphenvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methvn-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a solid in 81% yield from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 76 following the procedure described in Preparation 105. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.18 (dd, 1H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.39 (dd, 1 H), 3.60 (m, 1 H), 3.80 (m, 1 H), 4.06 (m, 1 H), 4.55 (m, 1 H), 5.88 (bs, 1 H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (s, 2H), 7.84 (s, 1 H), 7.87 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 394.0 [MH+]. [α]D = -40.35, (c = 0.116, methanol)
Preparation 107 (2RS)-2-iπ -(4'-Chloroπ .1 '-biphenvn-3-vπ-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a solid in 91% yield from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 84 following the procedure described in Preparation 105. 1H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.10 (dd, 1H), 3.25 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (dd, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 4.52 (dd, 1 H), 5.96 (bs, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1 H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.50 (m, 3H), 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES') 366 (M-H')
Preparation 108 (2RS)-2-(ri-(3'.4'-Dichloroπ .1 '-biphenvn-3-yl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-3-
morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 49% yield from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 86 following the procedure described in Preparation 105. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 3.10 (dd, 1 H), 3.25 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (dd, 1 H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.52 (dd, 1 H), 5.86 (bs, 1 H), 7.18 (s, 1 H), 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 4H), 7.62 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 402, 404 (MH+)
Preparations 109 to 114 The following compounds of the general structure
were prepared from the appropriate protected morpholinones, following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 105.
1 = Acetonitrile:water (3:1 , by volume) was used as the reaction solvent
2 = Acetonitrile:water (2:1 , by volume) was used as the reaction solvent
Preparation 115 (2S,6 ?)-2-(M -(3',4'-Dichloroπ .1 '-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl1methyl)-6-methyl-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained as a white foam in 63% yield from the protected morpholinone of Preparation 87 following a similar procedure to that described in Preparation 105. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.24 (d, 3H), 3.14 (dd, 1 H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.40 (dd, 1 H), 3.97 (m, 1 H), 4.56 (dd, 1 H), 5.80 (bs, 1 H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 416.1 , 420.1 [MH+]
Preparation 116 (2S)-2-(1 H-lmidazol-4-ylmethyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the protected morpholinone of Preparation 53 (500mg, 1.66mmol), and ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (2.5g, 4.5mmol) in water (6ml) and acetonitrile (6ml) was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours. Potassium carbonate (1.5g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes then adsorbed onto silica gel. The product was isolated by column chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate:methanol:diethylamine (96:2:2 to 80:10:10) and was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane:methanol (90:10 to 85:15) to afford the title compound, 240mg. 1 H-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 3.02- 3.42 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 1 H0, 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.38 (m, 1 H), 6.75 (s, 1 H), 778 (s, 1 H). HRMS: m/z (ES+) 182.0924 [MH+]
Preparation 117 (-)-(2S.6r?)-2-(1 H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
CH3
A mixture of the protected morpholinone of Preparation 55 (1g, 3.2mmol) and ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (5.2g, 9.6mmol) in water (20ml) and acetonitrile (30ml) was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in a mixture of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 by volume) and purified twice by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (90:10:1). The resulting oil was azeotroped with diethyl ether to afford the title compound as a colourless foam, 380mg. Η-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) δ: 1.21 (d, 3H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1 H), 4.36 (m, 1 H), 6.81 (s, 1 H), 7.54 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 196 [MH+]. [α]D= -104.56 (c = 0.19, methanol)
Preparation 118 tert-Butyl (2S)-2-ff 1 -(tert-butoxycarbonvh-l V-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-3-oxo-4- morpholinecarboxylate
A solution of the morpholinone of Preparation 116 (70mg, 0.39mmol), dimethylaminopyridine (3mg) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (354mg, 1.62mmol) in acetonitrile (5ml) was stirred at room temperature for 42 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound, 96mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.58 (s, 9H), 1.61 (s, 9H), 3.04 (dd, 1 H), 3.35 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 3H), 4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.50 (m, 1 H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (s, 1 H). HRMS: m/z (ES+) 382.1972 [MH+]
Preparation 119 tert-Butyl (2S.6 ?)-2-((1 -[4-(cvclohexyloxy)phenvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methvπ-6-methyl-
3-oxomorpholine-4-carboxylate
4-Dimethylaminopyridine (49mg, 0.4mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (174mg, O.δmmol) were added to a solution of the morpholinone of Preparation 114 (135mg, 0.37mmol) in acetonitrile (5ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (87mg, 0.4mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for a further 18 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate as eluant, to give the title compound, 95mg. LRMS: m/z
(ES+) 470 [MH4]
Preparation 120 Lithium (2S)-2-(U1 ffl-2-r(tert-butoxycarbonyl)aminol-1 -methylethyl)oxy)-3-(1 -f4- (cvclohexyloxy)phenyl]-1 r7-imidazol-4-yl)propanoate
A mixture of the protected morpholinone of Preparation 119 (87mg, 0.19mmol) and lithium hydroxide (24mg, 0.56mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.5ml) and water (1 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound. Η-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 0.60 (m, 2H), 1.00-1.38 (m, 16H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 170 (m, 2H), 2.58 (m, 1 H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.94 (m, 1 H), 3.30 (m, 1 H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1 H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES ) 486 [M-H]"
Preparation 121
(2RS)-2-(f 1 -r2-(4'-Ethviπ .1 '-biphenylM-vDethyll-l H-imidazol-4-yl)methvh-3- morpholinone
A mixture of the bromo compound of Preparation 98 (250mg, 0.69mmol), 4- ethylbenzeneboronic acid (154mg, 1.03mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) 78mg, 0.068mmol) and sodium carbonate solution (411μl, 2M, 0.823mmol) in water (1 ml) and dioxan (5ml) was heated at 100°C for 3 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with water (10ml), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x15ml). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of
dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1:0.1 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound, 170mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 1.22 (t, 3H), 2.64 (q, 2H), 3.02 (m, 3H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.72 (m, 1 H), 3.98 (m, 1 H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 4.42 (m, 1 H), 5.90 (bs, 1 H), 670 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 7.22 (m, 3H), 7.44 (m, 4H).
Preparations 122 to 131
Aryl boronic acids (R-B(OH)2), (0.74mmol) were added to solutions of the bromo compound of Preparation 98 (180mg, 0.49mmol) tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) (56mg, 0.051 mmol) and sodium carbonate solution (295μl, 2M,
0.593mmol) in water (1 ml) and dioxan (5ml). The reaction mixtures were heated to 100°C for 4 hours, then allowed to cool. Water (15ml) was added, and the mixtures were extracted with ethyl acetate (3x15ml). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS0 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude products were purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (97:3:0.3 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the desired products, shown in the following table.
Preparation 132 (2RS)-2-((1-r(2EZ^-3-Bromo-2-propenvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (2.6g, 475mmol) and the compound of Preparation 67 (1g, 2.38mmol) in acetonitrile (10ml) and water (5ml) was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (650mg, 1.19mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for a further 3 hours at 40°C. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped with methanol. The crude product was pre-adsorbed onto silica gel and purified twice by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1:0.1 to 95:5:0.5) to afford the title compound, 370mg. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 3.00 (m, 1H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.74 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.42 (m, 2H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 5.98 (bs, 1 H), 6.26 (m, 1.5H), 6.42 (d, 0.5H), 6.75 (2xs, 1 H), 7.40 (2xs, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 300, 302 [MH+]
Preparation 133 (-)-(2S)-2-(ri-(2-Cvclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yllmethyl)-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (482mg, 0.88mmol) and water (1 ml) were added to a solution of the compound of Preparation 60 (181mg, 0.44mmol) in acetonitrile (1 ml) and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 18 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate was added (250mg, 0.46mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for a further 5 hours. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane (75ml) and a solution of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (1g) in aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30ml), and the phases were separated. The organic layer was dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced
pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (100:0:0 to 94:6:0.6) to afford the title compound as a sticky gum, 80mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.97 (m, 2H), 1.20 (m, 4H), 1.63 (m, 7H), 3.02 (dd, 1 H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 3.86 (t, 2H), 4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.45 (m, 1 H), 5.83 (bs, 1 H), 6.76 (s, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 292.1 [MHl. D = -60.01 , (c = 0.05, methanol)
Preparation 134 (2RS)-2-((1 -K2EZΪ-3-M .1 '-Biphenyl]-4-yl-2-propenvn-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)-3- morpholinone
A mixture of the bromo compound of Preparation 132 (185mg, 0.62mmol), 4- biphenylboronic acid (183mg, 0.925mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (72mg, 0.062mmol) and sodium carbonate (78mg, 074mmol) in water (3ml) and dioxan (6ml) was heated at 100°C for 3 hours, then cooled and partitioned between water (20ml) and ethyl acetate (20ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (10ml). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane: methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 98:2:0.2) to afford the title compound as a white foam, 100mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 3.00 (m, 1 H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.44 (m, 1 H), 4.62 (m, 1 H), 4.78 (m, 1 H), 5.80, 6.26 (2xm, 1 H), 5.93 (bs, 1 H), 6.54, 6.66-6.80 (2xm, 2H), 7.23-7.60 (m, 10H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 374 [MH+]
Preparations 135 to 137 The following compounds of general structure
were prepared from the bromide of Preparation 132 and the appropriate boronic acid, following similar procedures to that described in Preparation 134.
1 = isolated without column chromatography
Preparation 138 (2RS)-2- i-r(2EZ)-3-(4-Bromophenvπ-2-propenyll-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl)-3- morpholinone
The title compound was obtained in 42% yield from the compound of Preparation 67 and 4-bromobenzeneboronic acid following the procedure described in Preparation 134. ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 3.00 (m, 1 H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 1 H), 3.76 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.43 (m, 1 H), 4.59-479 (m, 2H), 5.80, 6.22 (2xm, 2H), 6.40, 6.62 (2xm, 1 H), 6.72, 6.78 (2xs, 1 H), 7.06 (d, 1 H), 7.19 (d, 1 H), 7.38-7.58 (m, 3H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 376.1 , 378.1 [MH+]
Preparation 139 (2RS)-2-((1-r(2EZ)-3-(4,-Methviri .1'-biphenvn-4-yl)-2-propenvn-1 H-imidazol-4- yl)methyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the bromo compound of Preparation 138 (132mg, 0.35mmol), 4- methylbenzeneboronic acid (72mg, 0.53mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) (50mg, 0.04mmol) and sodium carbonate (270μl, 2M, 0.53mmol) in dioxan (6ml) was heated at 100°C for 1.5 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was partitioned between water (20ml) and ethyl acetate (20ml) and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (10ml) and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual yellow oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 98:2:0.2) to afford the title compound as a white foam, 77mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3,
400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 2.38 (2xs, 3H), 3.00 (m, 1 H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 1 H), 3.75 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.43 (m, 1 H), 4.62 (m, 1 H), 478 (m, 1 H), 5.78, 6.28 (2xm, 2H), 6.55, 6.68-6.80 (2xm, 2H), 7.22 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.63 (m, 6H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 388 [MH+]
Preparation 140 (2RS)-2-((1 -r(2EZ)-3-(4'-Chloror 1.1 '-biphenvπ-4-yl)-2-propenyll-1 H-imidazol-4-yll- methyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the bromo compound of Preparation 138 (100mg, 0.27mmol), 4- chlorobenzeneboronic acid (63mg, 0.4mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) (31 mg, 0.027mmol) and sodium carbonate solution (400μl, 2M, 079mmol) in ethanol (1 ml) and toluene (4ml) was heated at 100°C for 3 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so dioxan (3ml), additional 4- chlorobenzeneboronic acid (21 mg, 0.13mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(O) (15mg, 0.013mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100°C for a further 6 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was partitioned between water (10ml) and ethyl acetate (20ml) and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (10ml) and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2) as eluant to afford the title compound as a white solid, 60mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 3.02 (m, 1 H), 3.27 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 4.02 (m 1 H), 4.47 (m, 1 H), 4.65, 4.79 (2xd, 2H), 5.82, 6.32 (m, 1 H), 6.18 (bs, 1 H), 6.57, 6.82 (2xm, 2H), 7.30 (d, 1 H), 7.39-779 (m, 8H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 430 [MNa+]
Preparation 141 (2RS)-2-((1 -r(2E -3-(2'.5'-Difluoro[1.1 '-biphenvn-4-vh-2-propenyl]-1 H-imidazol-4- yl}methyl)-3-morpholinone
The title compound was obtained from the compound of Preparation 138 and 2,5- difluorobenzeneboronic acid following the procedure described in Preparation 140. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of geometric isomers) δ: 3.02 (m, 1 H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 1 H), 4.45 (m, 1 H), 4.63 (d, 1 H), 4.79 (d, 1 H), 5.82, 6.36 (m, 1 H), 6.14 (bs, 1 H), 6.58, 6.79 (2xm, 2H), 7.00 (m, 1 H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.32 (d, 1 H), 7.40-770 (m, 4H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 432 [MNa+]
Preparation 142 tert-Butyl (2flS)-2-r2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy1-3-(1 -propyl-1 /--imidazol-4-yl)propanoate
A mixture of the alkene of Preparation 44 (650mg, 2.01 mmol) and 10% palladium on charcoal (Degussa® 101) (60mg) in ethanol (20ml) was hydrogenated at 50°C and 60 psi (41 OkPa) for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was filtered through Arbocel® and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:diethylamine:methanol (100:0:0 to 97:1.5:1.5) to afford the title compound, 502mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.92 (t, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 177 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 6H), 2.48 (t, 2H), 2.90-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1 H), 3.80 (t, 2H), 4.08 (m, 1 H), 679 (s, 1 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (TSP+) 326.2 [MH4]
Preparation 143 tert-Butyl (3S)-3-f (1 RS)-2-tert-butoxy-2-oxo-1 -f(1 -propyl-1 H-imidazol-4- vhmethyllethoxyH-pyrrolidinecarboxylate
A mixture of the alkene of Preparation 45 (1.19g, 2.83mmol) and Degussa® 101 catalyst (120mg) in ethanol (12ml) was hydrogenated at 50°C and 60 psi (410kPa) for 18 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional catalyst (120mg) was added and the mixture was hydrogenated at 50°C and 60 psi (41 OkPa) for a further 48 hours. The mixture was filtered through Arbocel®, the catalyst was washed with ethanol, and the combined filtrates were evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate as the eluant to afford the title compound as a colourless oil, 227mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.92 (t, 3H), 1.42 (m, 18H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.95 (m, 1 H), 3.00-3.48 (m, 5H), 3.84 (t, 2H), 4.05-4.20 (m, 2H), 675 (m, 1 H), 7.50 (m, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 424 [MH+]
Preparation 144 (2RS)-2-(π-(3-π .1 '-Biphenyl1-4-ylpropyn-1 H-imidazol-4-vπmethyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the alkene of Preparation 134 (100mg, 0.268mmol) and Degussa® 101 catalyst (15mg) in ethanol (12ml) was hydrogenated at 50°C and 60 psi (410kPa) for 6 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining, so additional Degussa®
101 catalyst (20mg) was added and the mixture was hydrogenated for a further 18 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Arbocel®, the catalyst was washed with ethanol, and the combined filtrates were evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 98:2:0.2) to afford the title compound as a colourless oil, 70mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 2.10 (m, 2H), 2.61 (t, 2H), 3.02 (dd, 1 H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 3.49 (m, 1H), 3.74 (m, 1H), 3.86 (t, 2H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 6.20 (bs, 1H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 4H), 7.50 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, 2H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 398 [MNa÷]
Preparations 145 to 150 The following compounds of general structure
were prepared from the appropriate alkenes, following similar procedures to that described in Preparation 144.
= isolated without column chromatography
Preparation 151 (2S.6 ?)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-2-(n-(2-pyridinvn-1 fy-imidazol-4-vnmethyl)-3-
morpholinone
A mixture of the imidazole of Preparation 55 (566mg, 1.8mmol), copper (I) oxide (20mg, 0.14mmol) and potassium carbonate (372mg, 27mmol) in 2-bromopyridine (1 ml) was heated at 100°C for 18 hours. The cooled mixture was purified by Biotage® column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of toluene:diethylamine (93:7 to 86:14) to afford the title compound as a foam, 482mg. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (5:1 mixture of regioisomers) δ: 0.94, 1.20 (2xd, 3H), 2.83- 3.23 (m, 4H), 3.63, 3.78 (2xs, 3H), 3.97 (m, 1 H), 4.16, 4.22 (2xd, 1 H), 4.50-4.82 (m, 2H), 6.64, 6.82 (2xd, 2H), 7.00, 7.18 (2xd, 2H), 7.35, 7.44 (2xm, 1 H), 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.96 (m, 1 H), 8.40-8.57 (m, 2H). HRMS: m/z (ES+) 393.1926 [MH4]
Preparation 152 (2S.6 ?)-6-Methyl-2-([1-(2-pyridinyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-vnmethyl)-3-morpholinone
A mixture of the protected morpholinone of Preparation 151 (454mg, 1.16mmol) and ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (1.585g, 2.9mmol) in water (8ml) and acetonitrile
(16ml) was heated at 40°C for 6 hours. The cooled mixture was diluted with methanol (100ml), and the solution was adsorbed onto silica gel. The product was isolated by column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (95:5:1) as eluant and further purified by Biotage® column chromatography on silica gel using toluene:diethylamine (92:8) then dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (95:5:1) as eluant to afford the title compound, 204mg. Η-NMR (CD3OD, 400MHz) (7:1 mixture of regioisomers) δ: 1.01 , 1.21 (2xd, 3H), 2.92-336 (m, 4H), 3.78, 3.93 (2xm, 1 H), 4.27, 4.46 (2xm, 1 H), 7.37, 7.45 (2xm, 1 H), 7.58-770 (m, 2H), 7.96, 8.00 (2xm, 1 H), 8.40-8.18 (m, 2H).
Preparation 153 (6ffl-2-rHvdroxyπ-propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyll-4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-3- morpholinone CH,
A solution of the compound of Preparation 12 (6.81 g, 29.0mmol) in tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise to a solution of lithium diisopropylamide (23.2ml, 1.5M in cyclohexanes, 34.8mmol) at -78°C, and the solution was stirred for a further 20 minutes at -78°C. A solution of the aldehyde of Preparation 1 (4g, 29.0mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (80ml total volume) was then added dropwise, and the mixture was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature. Saturated ammonium chloride solution (50ml) was added, followed by water (100ml), and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residual orange oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of ethyl acetate:methanol (98:2 to 95:5) to afford the title compound as an orange oil, 5.71 g. Η-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) (mixture of diastereoisomers) δ: 0.92 (m, 3H), 1.14 (m, 3H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.18 (m, 2H), 378-4.00 (m, 6H), 4.22-476 (m, 3H), 5.06- 5.30 (m, 1 H), 6.81-6.95 (m, 3H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 374 [MH4]
Preparation 154 (2EZ6r7)-4-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-6-methyl-2-f(1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methylidene]-3- morpholinone
A mixture of the compound of Preparation 37 (91 g, 164mmol) and water (90ml) in
glacial acetic acid (900ml) was heated at 40°C for 1 hour. The cooled mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with water (400ml) and the resulting precipitate filtered off. The filtrate was washed with ether (2x400ml), then neutralised using sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (1000ml). This organic solution washed with water, dried (Na2S0 ) and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound as a gum, 46.4g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3) 400MHz) δ: 1.41 (d, 3H), 3.24 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (dd, 1 H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.34 (m, 1 H), 4.58 (d, 1 H), 4.68 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.30 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 155 (2EZ.6r?)-4-(4-Methoxybenzvh-6-methyl-2-f(1-propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methylidene1-
3-morpholinone
Triethylamine (3ml, 2175mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of the alcohol of Preparation 153 (5.41 g, 14.50mmol) in dichloromethane (60ml), and the solution was cooled to 0°C. Methanesulphonyl chloride (1.68ml, 2175mmol) was added, and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, then stirred for a further 2 hours. Additional triethylamine (2ml, 14.50mmol) was added, and the mixture was warmed to 35°C, then stirred for 18 hours. The solution was washed with water (100ml), sodium bicarbonate solution (100ml) and brine (50ml), then dried (MgS0 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (99:1 :0.1 to 98:2:0.2) to afford one isomer of the title compound as an orange oil, 1.8g, and the second isomer, 260mg. 1H- NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz, major isomer) δ: 0.96 (t, 3H), 1.38 (d, 3H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 3.20 (dd, 1 H), 3.32 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.86 (t, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1 H), 4.57 (d, 1H), 4.65 (d, 1 H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1 H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1 H), 7.46 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 356 [MH4]. Microanalysis found: C, 63.99; H, 6.88; N, 11.00 C^s^OsϊHzO requires C, 64.32; H, 7.29; N, 11.25%.
Preparation 156 (2S.6ffl-4-(4-Methoxybenzvn-6-methyl-2-fπ-propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl1-3- morpholinone
A mixture of the alkene of Preparation 155 (1.8g, 5.07mmol) and 10% palladium on charcoal (Degussa type 101) (200mg) in ethanol (50ml) was hydrogenated at 60 psi (410kPa) and 50°C for 18 hours. TLC analysis showed starting material remaining. The mixture was filtered, the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was re-dissolved in ethanol (50ml). 10% Palladium on charcoal
(Degussa type 101) (200mg) was added and the mixture was hydrogenated at 60psi (41 OkPa) and 50°C for 18 hours, then filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2) to afford the title compound as a colourless oil, 1.35g. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.92 (t, 3H), 1.19 (d, 3H), 178 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.16 (m, 3H), 3.58 (dd, 1 H), 3.82 (m, 6H), 4.50 (m, 3H), 6.75 (s, 1 H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 358 [MH4]. Microanalysis found: C, 62.12; H, 7.58; N, 10.89 C2oH27N3θ3;1.5H20 requires C, 62.48; H, 7.86; N, 10.93%.
Preparation 157 (2S.6f?)-6-Methyl-2-r(1-propyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)methvn-3-morpholinone
CH,
A solution of the compound of Preparation 156 (1.2g, 3.36mmol) in methane- sulphonic acid (5ml) was stirred at 70°C for 2 hours. The cooled mixture was washed with ether (2x20ml) by decantation. Water (20ml) was added and the
mixture was basified using 0.88 ammonia, then washed with ethyl acetate (20ml). The aqueous phase was evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue was suspended in acetonitrile, and this mixture was heated to 50°C. The acetonitrile solution was separated by decantation and evaporated under reduced pressure to give an oil. This was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (98:2:0.2 to 96:4:0.4) to afford the title compound as a colourless oil, 560mg. 1 H-NMR (CDCI3, 400MHz) δ: 0.94 (t, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 3.04 (dd, 1 H), 3.18-3.37 (m, 3H), 3.85 (m, 3H), 4.42 (m, 1 H), 6.50 (s, 1 H), 6.79 (s, 1 H), 7.68 (s, 1 H). LRMS: m/z (ES+) 238 [MH4]
Preparation 158 (2f?.6f?)-2-r(1 H-lmidazol-4-yl)methyl1-6-methyl-3-morpholinone
Ammonium cerium (IV) nitrate (1.1g, 2mmol) was added to a solution of the protected lactam of Preparation 55b (200mg, 0.63mmol) in water (4ml) and acetonitrile (4ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solution was diluted with acetonitrile (5ml) and 0.88 ammonia (4ml), and the mixture was filtered through Arbocel®, washing through with a solution of acetonitrile:water (50:50, 10ml). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the aqueous residue was washed with ether, then evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using an elution gradient of dichloromethane:methanol:0.88 ammonia (95:5:0.25 to 92:8:0.4) to afford the title compound as a foam, 88mg. Η-NMR (D20, 400MHz) δ: 1.20 (d, 3H), 3.02-3.30 (m, 6H), 4.01 (m, 1 H), 4.40 (dd, 1 H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 7.58 (s, 1 H).
The compounds of the present invention may be tested using the following assay, which is based on that disclosed in Boffa et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1998, 273, 2127. The compounds are incubated with activated TAFI and a standard substrate for TAFIa,
the rate of hydrolysis of the substrate is determined and compared to the rate of hydrolysis in the absence of the compounds, and the amount of inhibition expressed in terms of Kj.
Assay for TAFIa inhibition. i) TAFI activation
Human TAFI (recombinant or purified) was activated by incubating 20μl of stock solution (360μg/ml) with 10μl of human thrombin (10NIH units/ml), 10μl of rabbit thrombomodulin (30μg/ml), 6μl calcium chloride (50mM) in 50μl of 20mM HEPES (N- [2-hydroxyethyl]piperazine-N-[2-ethanesulfonic acid]) buffer containing 150mM sodium chloride and 0.01% TWEEN 80 (polyoxyethylene-sorbitan monooleate) pH 7.6 for 20 minutes at 22°C. At the end of the incubation period, thrombin was neutralised by the addition of 10μL of PPACK (D-Phe-Pro-Arg chloromethyl ketone) (1 OOnM). The resulting TAFIa solution was stored on ice for 5 minutes and finally diluted with 175μl of HEPES buffer.
ii) Kj Determination (TAFIa)
Calculated Kj
A number of different dilutions of the test compound in water were made up. To 20μl of each dilution was added 150μl of HEPES buffer and 10μl of TAFIa, which was then pre-incubated for 15 minutes at 24eC. To each dilution was then added 20μl furylacryloyl-alanyl-lysine (FAAL) at a standard concentration. Substrate turnover was measured by reading the absorbance of the reaction mixture at 330nm every 15 seconds for 30 minutes. The reaction was performed at 24SC and samples were mixed for 3 seconds prior to each absorbance reading.
A graph of % inhibition against test compound concentration was then plotted; from which was calculated the IC5o value. The Kj value was then calculated using the Cheng-Prusoff equation.
Two controls, positive and negative, were used to check the accuracy of the results in each case. For the first control, the assay was performed as above, but with 20μl of water rather than a dilution of the test compound. This showed minimal inhibition.
For the second control, the assay was performed as above, but with an effective amount of a non specific carboxypeptidase inhibitor rather than a dilution of the test compound. This showed maximal inhibition. When the two controls did not demonstrate minimal and maximal inhibition respectively then the results were discounted and the test compound was reanalysed.
Using the above assay the compounds of the Examples were found to be potent and selective inhibitors of TAFIa. All the compounds tested had a Kj value less than 20μM. The specific Kj values of certain compounds are detailed below:
Compound of Example: Kj (TAFIa)
4 10 nM
5 10 nM
40 14 nM
49 9 nM
51 26 nM
The selectivity of the compounds of the present invention for TAFIa over CPN was determined by calculating the Kj of the compounds of the present invention for CPN, then comparing it to the Kj for TAFIa. The Kj was calculated using the assay for the calculation of TAFIa Kj, but substituting 10μl of human CPN for 10μl of TAFIa. Those compounds of the present invention tested exhibited a strong selectivity for TAFIa over CPN of the order of >50:1. The specific Kj values and calculated selectivities of certain compounds are detailed below:
Compound of Example: Ki (CPN) Selectivity
5 >10 μM >1000
51 >10 μM >380
Claims
Claims
1 A compound according to formula (I)
(I) wherein: n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; R1 is selected from
(a) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl group,
(b) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain C2.6 alkenyl group,
(c) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain C2-6 alkynyl group,
(d) Aryl,
(e) Aromatic heterocycle,
(f) Heterocycle, and
(g) hydrogen; where the optional substituents in groups (a), (b) and (c) above are selected from: C3-7 cycloalkyl, Aryl, Aromatic heterocycle, Heterocycle, OR10, NR10R", S(0)PR'°, OC(0)R11, CO2R10, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, halo and NHSO2R10, and where p is 0, 1 or 2; R2, R3, R4, R6, R7 and R9 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OR10 or halo; R5 and R8 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain C-ι.6 alkyl optionally substituted by OR10 or halo, or together are a C2-6 alkylene chain;
R10 and R11 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Ci-6 alkyl;
Aryl is a 6-14 membered aromatic monocyclic or fused polycyclic carbocyclic group optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from R12, halo, OR13, NR13R14, NR13C02R12, C02R13, NR13S02R12, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, S02NR13R14, C(0)NR13R 4, C3-7 cycloakyl, 0(C3-7 cycloalkyl), R15 and OR15, where R12 is straight chain or branched chain Ci-6 alkyl, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Ci-6 alkyl, and R15 is phenyl optionally substituted by R12, OR13, halo or haloalkyl;
Aromatic heterocycle is a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R12, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14 and C(0)NR13R14; and
Heterocycle is a 3 to 8 membered ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being saturated or partially saturated, said ring further being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R14, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14 and C(0)NR13R14, or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound or said tautomer.
A compound according to Claim 1 wherein the substitution pattern of the imidazole is as depicted in formula (ID1)
(ID1)
A compound according to Claim 1 wherein the stereochemistry is as depicted in formula (IA)
(IA)
A compound according to any preceding Claim wherein n is 0 or 1.
A compound according to Claim 4 wherein n is 0.
A compound according to any preceding Claim wherein R1 is hydrogen, Aryl, C2-6 alkenyl or a Ci-β alkyl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from C3.7 cycloalkyl, Aryl, Aromatic heterocycle, OR10, C02R10, halo and NHS02R10.
A compound according to Claim 6 wherein R1 is hydrogen, Aryl or a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally substituted by a group selected from cydohexyl and Aryl R1 is hydrogen, Aryl or Cι-6 alkyl optionally substituted by cydohexyl or Aryl.
A compound according to Claim 7 wherein R1 is hydrogen or C1-3 alkyl.
A compound according to Claim 8 wherein R1 is hydrogen.
A compound according to any preceding Claim wherein R2 and R3 are each independently hydrogen or Cι-6 alkyl.
A compound according to Claim 10 wherein R2 and R3 are both hydrogen.
A compound according to any preceding Claim wherein R4 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl.
A compound according to Claim 12 wherein R4 is hydrogen.
A compound according to any preceding Claim wherein R6, R7 and R9 are each independently hydrogen or Cι-3 alkyl.
A compound according to Claim 14 wherein R6, R7 and R9 are each independently hydrogen or methyl.
A compound according to Claim 15 wherein R6, R7 and R9 are all hydrogen.
A compound according to any preceding Claim wherein R5 is hydrogen or Cι-3 alkyl.
A compound according to Claim 17 wherein R5 is hydrogen or methyl.
A compound according to Claim 18 wherein R5 is methyl.
A compound according to any of Claims 17, 18 and 19 wherein R8 is hydrogen or methyl.
A compound according to Claim 20 wherein R8 is hydrogen.
A compound according to Claim 1 , selected from: (2S)-(-)-2-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1 -phenyl-1 /-/-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid; (2S)-2-{[(1 ?)-2-amino-1 -methylethyl]oxy}-3-[1 -(2-cyclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4- yl]propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-{[(1 f?)-2-amino-1 -methylethyl]oxy}-3-(1 -phenyl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)- propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-{[(2S)-2-aminopropyl]oxy}-3-[1-(2-cyclohexylethyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl]- propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1 H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid;
(2S)-2-{[(1 f7)-2-amino-1-methylethyl]oxy}-3-(1 /-/-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid;
and
(2S)-2-{[(1 f?)-2-amino-1 -methylethyl]oxy}-3-[1 -(2-pyridinyl)-1 H-imidazol-4-yl]- propanoic acid, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
A compound according to any of Claims 1 to 22 for use as a medicament.
A compound according to any of Claims 1 to 22 for use as a medicament for the treatment of a condition selected from thrombotic conditions, atherosclerosis, adhesions, dermal scarring, cancer, fibrotic conditions, inflammatory diseases and those conditions which benefit from maintaining or enhancing bradykinin levels in the body.
A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any of Claims 1 to 22 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The use of a compound according to any of Claims 1 to 22 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition selected from thrombotic conditions, atherosclerosis, adhesions, dermal scarring, cancer, fibrotic conditions, inflammatory diseases and those conditions which benefit from maintaining or enhancing bradykinin levels in the body.
A use according to Claim 26 wherein the medicament is for the treatment of a thrombotic condition.
A method of treatment of a condition selected from thrombotic conditions, atherosclerosis, adhesions, dermal scarring, cancer, fibrotic conditions, inflammatory diseases and those conditions which benefit from maintaining or enhancing bradykinin levels in the body, comprising administration of a compound according to any of Claims 1 to 22 to a subject in need of such treatment.
A process for the preparation of a compound according to formula (I)
(I) wherein: n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
R1 is selected from
(a) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain Ci-6 alkyl group,
(b) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain C2-β alkenyl group,
(c) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain C2-6 alkynyl group,
(d) Aryl,
(e) Aromatic heterocycle,
(f) Heterocycle, and
(g) hydrogen; where the optional substituents in groups (a), (b) and (c) above are selected from: C3-7 cycloalkyl, Aryl, Aromatic heterocycle, Heterocycle, OR10, NR10R11, S(0)pR10, OC(0)R11, C02R1°, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, halo and NHS02R1°, and where p is 0, 1 or 2; R2, R3, R4, R6, R7and R9 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OR10 or halo; R5 and R8 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OR10 or halo, or together are a C2-6 alkylene chain; R10 and R11 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Ci-6 alkyl; Aryl is a 6-14 membered aromatic monocyclic or fused polycyclic carbocyclic
group optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from R12, halo, OR13, NR13R14, NR13C02R12, C02R13, NR13S02R12, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl). SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, S02NR13R14, C(0)NR13R14, C3-7 cycloakyl, 0(C3-7 cycloalkyl), R15 and OR15, where R12 is straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl, and R'5 is phenyl optionally substituted by R12, OR13, halo or haloalkyl;
Aromatic heterocycle is a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R12, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14 and C(0)NR13R14; and
Heterocycle is a 3 to 8 membered ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being saturated or partially saturated, said ring further being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C0 R13, NR13CO2R14, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, SO2R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14 and C(0)NR13R14, or a tautomer thereof, comprising the steps of:
(i) preparing a compound according to formula (II)
(II) wherein:
P1 is an optionally substituted Cι-6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C -7 cycloalkyl group, an optionally substituted benzyl group or a tri(Cι-6 alkyl)silyl group; and
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9 and n are as defined for formula (I); and
(ii) treating said compound of formula (II) with a reagent or combination of reagents suitable for removing the P1 group.
A process for the preparation of a compound according to formula (I)
(I) wherein: n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
R1 is selected from
(a) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain Ci-β alkyl group,
(b) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain C2-6 alkenyl group,
(c) an optionally substituted straight chain or branched chain C2-6 alkynyl group,
(d) Aryl,
(e) Aromatic heterocycle,
(f) Heterocycle, and
(g) hydrogen; where the optional substituents in groups (a), (b) and (c) above are selected from: C3-7 cycloalkyl, Aryl, Aromatic heterocycle, Heterocycle, OR10, NR10R11, S(0)pR10, OC(0)R11, C02R1°, CONR10R11, SO2NR10R11, halo and NHSO2R10, and where p is 0, 1 or 2; R2, R3, R4, R6 and R7 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OR10 or halo; R5 and R8 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Ci-β alkyl optionally substituted by OR10 or halo, or together
are a C2-6 alkylene chain;
R9 is hydrogen;
R10 and R11 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl;
Aryl is a 6-14 membered aromatic monocyclic or fused polycyclic carbocyclic group optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from R12, halo, OR13, NR13R14, NR13C02R12, C02R13, NR13S02R12, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, S02NR13R14, C(0)NR13R14, C3-7 cycloakyl, 0(C3-7 cycloalkyl), R15 and OR15, where R12 is straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from hydrogen and straight chain or branched chain Cι-6 alkyl, and R15 is phenyl optionally substituted by R12, OR13, halo or haloalkyl;
Aromatic heterocycle is a 5 to 7 membered aromatic ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R12, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14 and C(0)NR13R14; and
Heterocycle is a 3 to 8 membered ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S and N, said ring being saturated or partially saturated, said ring further being optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from OR13, NR13R14, C02R13, NR13C02R14, R12, halo, CN, haloalkyl, O(haloalkyl), SR13, S(0)R12, S02R12, OC(0)R13, NR13S02R12, S02NR13R14 and C(0)NR13R14, or a tautomer thereof, comprising the steps of:
(i) preparing a compound according to formula (XIV)
(XIV) wherein: R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8 and n are as defined for formula (I); and
(ii) treating said compound of formula (II) with a reagent or combination of reagents suitable for hydrolyzing the amide bond of the lactam ring.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
GB0201389.4 | 2002-01-22 | ||
GB0202027.9 | 2002-01-29 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
AU2003237012A1 true AU2003237012A1 (en) | 2003-09-02 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2419633C (en) | Substituted imidazoles as tafia inhibitors | |
KR20110091550A (en) | Novel pyrazole-3-carboxamide derivatives having 5-HT2 'receptor antagonistic activity | |
US6759426B2 (en) | 3-(Imidazolyl)-2-aminopropanoic acids | |
JP2022527618A (en) | TRPC6 inhibitor | |
WO2003061652A1 (en) | 3-(imidazolyl)-2-alkoxypropanoic acids as tafia inhibitors | |
US6713496B2 (en) | 3-(imidazolyl)-2-alkoxypropanoic acids | |
JP4533428B2 (en) | Novel pyrrolidine-3,4-dicarboxamide derivatives | |
US6949577B2 (en) | Pharmaceuticals | |
AU2003237012A1 (en) | 3-(imidazolyl)-2-alkoxypropanoic acids as tafia inhibitors | |
US20020147229A1 (en) | Pharmaceuticals | |
WO2019144811A1 (en) | Tetrahydroisoquinoline derivative and preparation method therefor and use thereof | |
HK1206716A1 (en) | Novel pyridine derivatives | |
CN118414332A (en) | (S) -2- (2-methylazetidin-1-yl) pyrimidine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same | |
ZA200301230B (en) | Substituted imidazoles as tafia inhibitors. | |
JP2000109479A (en) | Di-substituted maleimide compound, and its use as medicine | |
HK1101856B (en) | Pyrrolidine-3,4-dicarboxamide derivatives |